Author: smukhina
Date: 2009-03-11 12:04:53 -0400 (Wed, 11 Mar 2009)
New Revision: 14171
Modified:
trunk/as/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
trunk/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en/master_output.xml
trunk/documentation/guides/GettingStartedGuide/en/master_output.xml
trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml
trunk/hibernatetools/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml
trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en/master_output.xml
trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/master_output.xml
trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml
trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_tutorial/en/master_output.xml
trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
Log:
https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-655 updated master_output files for all release
guides are added
Modified: trunk/as/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/as/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/as/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -22,2039 +22,2035 @@
<!ENTITY strutstutoriallink
"../../struts_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html">
-]><book
xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
-
- <bookinfo>
- <title>JBoss Server Manager Reference Guide</title>
-
-
<author><firstname>Anatoly</firstname><surname>Fedosik</surname></author>
-
<author><firstname>Olga</firstname><surname>Chikvina</surname></author>
-
<author><firstname>Rob</firstname><surname>Stryker</surname><email>rob.stryker(a)jboss.com</email></author>
-
<author><firstname>Svetlana</firstname><surname>Mukhina</surname><email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email></author>
-
- <pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
- <copyright>
- <year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
- </copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
- Version: 2.0.0.GA
- </releaseinfo>
-<abstract>
- <title></title>
- <para>
- <ulink
url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/as/pdf/AS_...
version</ulink>
- </para>
-</abstract>
-
- </bookinfo>
-
-
- <toc></toc>
-
-<chapter id="quick_start"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/quick_start.xml">
- <title>Quick Start with JBoss Server</title>
-
- <para>This chapter covers the basics of working with the <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property>. If you
- already have installed JBoss server and runtime you can quickly learn how to
configure, start,
- stop the server, to know deployment and archiving processes. How to install runtimes
and servers
- read in the <link linkend="runtimes_servers">Runtimes and Servers in
the JBoss AS plugin</link>
- chapter.</para>
-
- <para>To start working with JBoss AS, select a <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss AS Perspective</property> via
- <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Open
Perspective > Other > JBoss
- AS</property>.</emphasis></para>
-
- <section id="starting">
- <title>Starting JBoss Server</title>
-
- <para>Starting <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Server</property> is quite simple. You can control the server
- behaviour with the help of a special toolbar in the <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>
- where you could <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">start</property>
- </emphasis> it in a regular or debug mode, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">stop</property>
- </emphasis> it or <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">restart</property>
- </emphasis> it, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">publish</property>
- </emphasis> to the server, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">clean</property>
- </emphasis> the server.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>JBoss Server Toolbar</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_1.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>To launch the server click the green-with-white-arrow icon on the
<property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server
- View </property>or right click server name in this view and select
<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Start</property>.
</emphasis> If this view is not open, select
- <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Show
View > Other > Server >
- JBoss Server View</property>.</emphasis></para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Start JBoss Server</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_2.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="stopping">
- <title>Stopping JBoss Server</title>
-
- <para>To stop the server, click the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Stop</property>
- </emphasis> icon in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Server View</property> or right click the server name
- and press <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Stop</property>.</emphasis></para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Stop JBoss Server</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_3.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>When the server is stopped you will see <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Stopped</property>
- </emphasis> state next to its name in the square brackets.</para>
- <para>Learn more about the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Server View</property>
- <link linkend="JBossServerView">here</link>.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="archiving">
-
- <title>Project Archiving</title>
-
- <para><property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>
comes with our own archives tool. The Project Archives
- plugin consists primarily of a view to set up each packaging configuration
<emphasis>(
- <property moreinfo="none">Window > Show View >
Other > JBoss Tools > Project archives</property>).
- </emphasis></para>
- <para>Right clicking in the <property moreinfo="none">Project
archives view</property> you can create War,
- EJB War, EAR or JAR archive.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Archive Creating</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_7.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Using the context menu on the item you can initiate a
<emphasis><property moreinfo="none">full
build</property></emphasis> on
- archive, <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">edit</property>,</emphasis>
<emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">delete</property></emphasis> or
- <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">publish</property></emphasis> it.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Context Menu on the Item</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_8.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Learn more about the <property moreinfo="none">Project
Archives View</property>
- <link
linkend="Project_archivesView">here</link>.</para>
-
- </section>
- <section id="deployment">
- <title>Deploying an Application to a Server</title>
-
- <para>There are two times to deploy your application:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>While creating it</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>After it already exists</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>When you create a new project (Seam, JSF or Struts) with the New Project
or Import Project
- wizards, the one of wizards steps has a <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Target Runtime</property>
- </emphasis> and <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Target Server</property>
- </emphasis> sections. You can deploy the application through the appropriate
selection in
- these sections.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Runtime and Server Sections in the New Project Wizard</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_4a.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Runtime and Server Sections in the Import Project
Wizard</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_4b.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>You can deploy an existing application to a server by right-clicking the
target defined
- server in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Servers
View</property> and then selecting <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Add and
- Remove Projects</property></emphasis> from the context
menu.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Add and Remove Projects From the Context Menu.</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_5.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>If this application is not assigned to a server, it will be in the
left-hand available
- projects list. Clicking on the <property moreinfo="none">Add
></property> button will add it to the right-hand
- configured projects list and deploy the application to this server.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Modifying The Projects that are Configured on the
Server</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_6.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Here, we have just performed the basic steps you should know to quick
start with JBoss
- server. In fact, there are more functionalities which you can make use of. Further
we will
- talk about them in detail.</para>
- </section>
-
-
- <section>
- <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title>
-
- <para>All JBoss Developer Studio/JBoss Tools documentation you can find
<ulink
url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/2.1.0.GA">here</ulink>...
- <para>The latest documentation builds are available <ulink
url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/">her...
-
- </section>
-
-</chapter>
-
-
-<chapter id="runtimes_servers"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/runtimes_servers.xml"
xreflabel="runtimes_servers">
- <?dbhtml filename="runtimes_servers.html"?>
- <chapterinfo>
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
- <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
- <keyword>Deploy</keyword>
- <keyword>Deployment</keyword>
- <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
- </keywordset>
- </chapterinfo>
- <title>Runtimes and Servers in the JBoss AS plugin</title>
-
- <para>In this chapter we will discuss how to install runtimes and
servers.</para>
-
- <para>First of all it's necessary to mention that the JBoss AS plugin makes
use of WTP.
- This includes starting and stopping servers in run or debug mode. It also includes
targeting WTP
- projects, such as Dynamic Web Projects, to certain server runtimes in order to ensure
that the
- proper jars from a specific server are added to the project's classpath
- properly.</para>
- <para>In order to get started creating, running, and debugging J2EE applications,
we should create
- our <property moreinfo="none">runtime</property> and
<property moreinfo="none">server</property> instances.</para>
-
- <section>
- <title>Runtimes</title>
- <para>In <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Tools</property>, the main purpose of Server Runtimes is to point to a
- server installation somewhere on disk. In our case, this will be a JBoss
installation, and it
- can then be used for two primary purposes:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>it provides classpath additions to WTP projects that require
them.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>for <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
server</property> at least, it provides information necessary for
- the starting and stopping of the server, it tells which jars to run and which
- configuration to use.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <section id="InstNewRuntime">
- <title>Installing a New Runtime</title>
- <para>You can install runtimes into eclipse from the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences
</property>
- </emphasis> menu, and then select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Server > Runtime
Environments</property>
- </emphasis> from the categories available on the left.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Installed Runtimes</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_1.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>From this preference page you can see all declared runtimes and their
types as well.
- Here, it's possible to edit or remove existing runtimes as well as add a new
- one.</para>
-
- <para>To create a JBoss runtime click <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Add</property>
- </emphasis> button and choose a necessary type of runtime from the
<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Community</property>
- </emphasis> category.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding a Runtime</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_2.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <note>
- <title>Note:</title>
-
- <para>Now there is a separation between .org servers (the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Community</property>
- </emphasis> category) and product server that comes with JBoss EAP in
JBDS ( the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Enterprise
Middleware</property>
- </emphasis> category).</para>
- </note>
-
- <para>As you can see, <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Tools</property> provide its own adapters such as JBoss
- 3.2, 4.0, 4.2 and 5.0 as well. The last one comes with its own new feature, that
is a safer
- incremental deployment, which prevents partial deployments to be picked up by the
server. It
- means that scanning for auto-deployment is suspended while files are being copied
to the
- deployment location and resumed when the copy is completed.</para>
-
- <note>
- <title>Note:</title>
- <para>Currently we recommend you to use a fully supported JBoss 4.2 server
adapter.</para>
- </note>
-
- <para>You'll also note a Deploy-Only Runtime type. This type provides no
classpath
- for WTP projects. It is used solely by its server type for the purpose of setting
up a
- deploy directory for users who don't wish to make use of starting, stopping,
or
- debugging their projects inside eclipse.</para>
-
- <figure float="0" id="add_runtime_figure">
- <title>Adding a JBoss 4.2 Runtime</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_3.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>The following table describes all the available options of the currant
wizard
- page.</para>
- <table>
- <title>Server Runtime Wizard Parameters</title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec align="left" colnum="1"
colwidth="1*"></colspec>
- <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec>
-
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Name</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
-
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Name</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The name of a new Runtime for a chosen server. We suggest
that you
- don't leave a default value. It's better to give descriptive
- names that will help to distinguish one runtime from
another.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Home directory</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The path to a directory where the runtime is
installed.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>jRE</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The proper Java Runtime Environment. Because of the
open-source nature of
- JBoss, a user is likely to want to modify and repackage some of the
- configuration-specific jboss jars and create their own configuration.
Thus, rather
- than forcing you to copy his entire JBoss installation, the structure
of the
- wizard allows to create only a new configuration instead.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Configuration</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The list of configurations (all, default, minimal) that is
updated as soon as
- you browse to a valid runtime installation folder. After the runtime is
created
- the configuration becomes an unchanging property of that runtime. To
compile
- against a different configuration's jars, you will need to create a
new runtime
- from that configuration.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <para>As a result of having each runtime represent a specific configuration
rather than the
- server installation as a whole, it is very likely you'll create several
different
- runtimes to test each of your configurations. It becomes important to ensure your
runtimes,
- and later your servers, are given descriptive names that help you remember which
is
- which.</para>
-
- <para>Press <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
- </emphasis> to see your new runtime in the list.</para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Servers</title>
- <para>WTP servers are eclipse-representations of a backing server installation.
They are used to
- start or stop servers, deploy to servers, or debug code that will run on the
server. They keep
- track of the modules (jars, wars, etc) you deploy to the server and also allow you
to undeploy
- those modules (see <link linkend="run_on_server_wizard">Deploying
with Run On Server
- Wizard</link> section). </para>
- <para>Servers can be started or stopped with different <link
linkend="com_line_arg">command-line
- arguments</link>. They are often backed by a runtime object representing
that server's
- location.</para>
-
- <section>
- <title>Creating a New Server</title>
-
- <para>There are many ways to get to the new server wizard. One way is to use
the old standard <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">File > New > Other...
</property>
- </emphasis> and then <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Server</property>
- </emphasis>. This should show the wizard like below.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding a JBoss Server</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_4.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>A server object is that keeps track of things like command line
arguments when starting
- or stopping, and runtimes keep track of the location of the installation. Thus,
each server
- instance must be backed by an appropriate runtime. </para>
-
- <para>From the list of already declared runtimes in the combo box below the
view it's
- possible to select which runtime you want your server to be backed by. If there
is no
- runtime that matches your needs just press the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Add...</property>
- </emphasis> link nearby to bring up the wizard for creating a new runtime
(see the <link linkend="add_runtime_figure">previous
section</link>). To configure the already installed
- runtimes you should go to server preferences that you can easily do by pressing
the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Configure runtime
environments...</property></emphasis> link.</para>
-
- <para>If the server you want to create doesn't have any installed runtime
yet, the combo box
- and the links are absent.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Installed Server Runtime Environments</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_6.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>In this case the next page in the wizard which has the same form as in
<link linkend="add_runtime_figure">the previous section</link> will
ask you to create the
- associated runtime.</para>
- <para>Either way, after targeting your server to a runtime, the final screen
in this wizard is
- largely confirmational, giving you a chance to verify that you've selected
the
- appropriate runtime. It also allows to name the server appropriately.
</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Installed Server Runtime Environments</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_7.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Press <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
- </emphasis> to complete the process of the server creation.</para>
- <para>Now that we've created our runtimes and servers, we can dwell on
all services
- and tools that JBoss Server Manager provides.</para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
-</chapter>
-
-
-<chapter id="perspective"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/perspective.xml"
xreflabel="perspective">
- <?dbhtml filename="perspective.html"?>
- <chapterinfo>
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
- <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
- <keyword>Deploy</keyword>
- <keyword>Deployment</keyword>
- <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
- </keywordset>
- </chapterinfo>
-
- <title>JBoss AS Perspective</title>
-
- <para>This chapter tells how to manage installed <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property> via
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS
perspective</property>.</para>
-
- <para>The <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS
perspective</property> is similar to the <property
moreinfo="none">Java
- perspective</property>, but it contains a few additional views. Two of
the additional
- views are standard views, specifically the <property
moreinfo="none">Console view</property> and the
- <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property>.
The other two views that are added are the
- <property moreinfo="none">Project archives
view</property> and the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server
- View</property>.</para>
-
- <section id="JBossServerView" >
- <?dbhtml filename="JBossServerView.html"?>
- <title>The JBoss Server View</title>
-
- <para>The <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server
View</property> is built on Common Navigator Framework
- allowing extensions and is using label decorators what makes the UI enough
compact
- without loosing the vital information.</para>
-
- <para>Let's have a look at the <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> and inspect
- in detail all parts it consists of. </para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>The JBoss Server View</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_1.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <section id="jbossserver_view_toolbar">
- <title>JBoss Server View Toolbar</title>
- <para>In the right top corner of the <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> there is a
- special toolbar which provides a quick access to starting a server (in
debug mode,
- run mode, or profile mode), restarting a server, stopping a server,
publishing to a
- server and a possibility to clean a server.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>The JBoss Server View Toolbar</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_2.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>In order to debug your applications or EJB's that are
deployed to the server, you
- must start the server in debug mode. By starting the server in debug
mode, eclipse
- will allow you to set breakpoints on code in your workspace and step
through the
- code.</para>
-
- <para><emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Start the server in
profiling mode</property>
- </emphasis> button allows to enable profiling actions for your
application. For more
- details on how to start using TPTP profiling with <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>
- refer to <link linkend="tptp_support">TPTP
Support</link> chapter.</para>
-
- <para><emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Publish to the
server</property>
- </emphasis> button will republish any modules where it has
determined the workspace
- is out of sync with the server. It will attempt to do an incremental
publish if it
- turns out that the module in question is capable of doing
one.</para>
-
-
- <para>Press <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Clean</property>
- </emphasis> if you need to clean projects published on the server,
i.e. remove
- invalid resources from the server.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="jbossserver_view_structure">
- <title>JBoss Server View Structure</title>
- <para>The <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server
View</property> displays all declared servers as well
- as their current states (that is whether they are started or stopped) and
statuses
- in the square brackets next to a server name.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>The JBoss Server View</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_1.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>The following table lists possible server statuses.</para>
-
- <table>
- <title>Server Publish Status</title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec align="left" colnum="1"
colwidth="1*"></colspec>
- <colspec colnum="2"
colwidth="3*"></colspec>
-
-
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry align="center">Status</entry>
-
- <entry
align="center">Description</entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
-
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Republish</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry align="center">
- <para>The status which allows you to see if changes
are
- awaiting</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Publishing...</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry align="center">
- <para>The status which shows if changes are being
updated</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Synchronized</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry align="center">
- <para>The status which allows you to see if changes
are
- in-sync</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <para>You can control a server behavior as well as adjust some server
preferences with
- the help of the context menu commands.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Context Menu Commands</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_8.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>All available context menu commands are described in the
following table.</para>
- <table>
- <title>Server Properties through the Context Menu</title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec align="left" colnum="1"
colwidth="1*"></colspec>
- <colspec colnum="2"
colwidth="3*"></colspec>
-
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Name</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
-
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>New Server</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The option allows to define a new
server</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Open</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The option opens the Server
editor</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Show in</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>This option gives an easy access to the next
views: Console,
- Debug view, Server Log or MBean
Explorer</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Delete</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Standard option that allows to delete the
chosen server</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Start</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The action for stating a server in a run
mode</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Debug</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The action for stating a server in a debug
mode</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Stop</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The action for stopping a declared
server</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Publish</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The action for synching the publish
information between the
- server and workspace</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Clean</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The option for complete redeploying the
resources</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Explore</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>This action uses the native OS file explorer
to browse the
- deploy destination. Note: The option is also
available for
- deployed resources/projects (see the figure
below).</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Add and Remove Projects</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The option allows to publish a new project to
the server (if
- its type is supported)</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Monitoring</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Possibility to add ports to be monitored on
the current
- server</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Properties</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Opens the window to adjust the current
server
- preferences</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <para>Under the server element in the <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>, you can
- see currently deployed to the server modules and some server extensions
which
- provide the additional information on the server.</para>
-
- <para>The context menu for any module allows you to remove it from the
server, force a
- full or incremental republish upon it.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Modules Action</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_11.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <section id="filesets">
- <title>Filesets</title>
-
- <para>The <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Filesets</property>
- </emphasis> category in the <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> is intended
- for files filtering.</para>
-
- <para>To add a new file filter, right-click the <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Filesets</property>
- </emphasis> category and select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Create File
Filter</property>.</emphasis>The <property moreinfo="none">New
File
- Filter wizard</property> should appear.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Creating a New File Filter</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/filesets1.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>The wizard asks you to enter the filter name and add includes
and excludes
- patterns. The preview box underneath gives a list of files matched to
the
- defined patterns.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>New File Filter Wizard</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/filesets2.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>After the filter is created, you can observe it by expanding
the <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Filesets</property>
- </emphasis> category in the <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>.</para>
-
- <para>It's possible now to edit files directly from the
<emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Filesets</property>
- </emphasis> category. Double clicking on a file from
<emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Filesets</property>
- </emphasis> opens up the editor automatically or you can use
the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Edit
File</property>
- </emphasis> context menu command.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Direct Editing from the Filesets</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/filesets3.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>To delete a file filter (or just a file) from the
<emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Filesets</property>,</emphasis> right-click a
file filter (or the
- unnecessary file) and select the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Delete File
Filter</property>
- </emphasis>
- <emphasis>(<property moreinfo="none">Delete
File</property>)</emphasis> command.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Deleting the File from the Filesets</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/filesets4.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- </section>
-
- <section id="xml_configuration">
- <title>XML Configuration</title>
- <para>The <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">XML
Configuration</property>
- </emphasis> category allows you to quickly browse to descriptor
files in your
- server's deploy directory and check or change the values.
Basically, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">XML
Configuration</property>
- </emphasis> includes XML XPaths where a xpath is a path used to
access some
- specific part of an xml document. </para>
-
- <note>
- <title>Note:</title>
- <para>You are assumed to be familiar with XPath. If not, we
highly suggested
- that you look through an appropriate manual or tutorial on the
topic.</para>
- </note>
-
- <para>The <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">XML
Configuration</property>
- </emphasis> category itself contains only a list of categories.
<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Ports</property>
- </emphasis> are provided by default and is filled with many of
the most commonly
- used ports in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Server</property>.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>XML Configuration</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_14.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
-
- <!--para>In the <property>Properties
- view</property> you can see an identifier and nested files
underneath in which
- that xpath can be found as well as its current value. The details of the
xpath are
- hidden as all you need to see is only which file you're
referring to and
- what its current value is.</para-->
-
- <para>By right-clicking on <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">XML
Configuration</property>, </emphasis> you can create a new
- category. Besides, context menu for <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">XML
Configuration</property>
- </emphasis> category makes possible to disable it. You can
disable any category
- in the bottom part of the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server
View</property>.</emphasis> Look for them in the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Inactive
Categories</property>
- </emphasis> afterwards to re-enable.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding New Category</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_15.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>By right-clicking on <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Ports</property>
- </emphasis> or any other category in <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">XML
Configuration</property>
- </emphasis>, you can create a new xpath.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding New XPath</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_16.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>After that, the dialog shown below will appear.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding New XPath</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_17.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>The goal here is to get an end result where the XPath matches
up with a
- necessary property. With that in mind, let's look how it works.
If the
- property you want to reach is the value of the
<emphasis>name</emphasis>
- attribute in the element
<emphasis><mbean></emphasis>, then your <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">XPath
Patten</property>
- </emphasis>should end with
<emphasis>mbean</emphasis> and your <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Attribute
Name</property>
- </emphasis> should be <emphasis>name</emphasis>
like on the next figure.</para>
-
- <programlisting format="linespecific"
role="XML"><![CDATA[...
-<server>
-...
- <mbean code="org.jboss.ejb.EJBDeployer"
- name="jboss.ejb:service=EJBDeployer"
xmbean-dd="">
-
- <!-- Inline XMBean Descriptor BEGIN -->
- <xmbean>
- <description>
- The EJBDeployer responsible for ejb jar
deployment</description>
- ...
- </xmbean>
- </mbean>
-</server>
-]]></programlisting>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>XPath Preview</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_18.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <tip>
- <title>Tip:</title>
- <para>Notice, when you type the fields autocomplete to help you
locate exactly
- what xpath you're looking for.</para>
- </tip>
-
- <para>Then, on the other hand, if your desired field is the text of
an element
- <emphasis><description></emphasis>,
your <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">XPath
Patten</property>
- </emphasis> should end with
<emphasis>description</emphasis> and <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Attribute
Name</property>
- </emphasis> field should be left blank. When finished, click
<emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Preview</property>
- </emphasis> to see how many matches you have for that
particular XPath.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>XPath Preview</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_19.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- </section>
- </section>
-
- <section id="dragndrop_to_jboss_server_view">
- <title>Drag-n-Drop to JBoss Server View</title>
-
- <para>Starting from 2.0.0.CR2 version of <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss AS Tools</property> the
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server
View</property> supports drag-n-drop of deployable and
- runnable projects/resources.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Dragging to the JBoss Server View</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/dnd_toJBossServerView.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>With drag-n-drop the following actions can be
performed:</para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>dragging a project to a server will deploy it to the
server and run it by
- showing the main page in a browser</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>dragging an <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">.xhtml</property>
- </emphasis> file from <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">WebContent</property>
- </emphasis> will do the same and show the corresponding
page in a
- browser</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>dragging a deployable resource (i.e. a datasource
(<emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">-ds.xml</property></emphasis>) file that has
- been made deployable) will simply deploy that resource directly
to the
- server</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>In short, the feature does the same thing as if you used the
<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Run On
Server</property>
- </emphasis> option or <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Add and Remove
Projects</property>
- </emphasis> option in the context menu of the server.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="server_log">
- <title>Server Log View</title>
-
- <para>You can monitor the current server behavior with the help of the
<property moreinfo="none">Server
- Log</property>. To open a server in the <property
moreinfo="none">Server Log view</property> you
- should right-click on the server and follow to <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Open in > Server
Log</property>.</emphasis></para>
-
- <para>The <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Server
Log</property>
- </emphasis> shows relevant information to your server's
startup, shutdown,
- and publish processes. This allows you to keep an eye on what's going
on
- (such as automatic incremental deployment if you have it
enabled).</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Event Log Actions</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_12.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>The <property moreinfo="none">Server
Log</property> toolbar contains several icons that perform
- the following actions:</para>
-
- <table>
- <title>Server Log Toolbar Icons</title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec align="left" colnum="1"
colwidth="1*"></colspec>
- <colspec colnum="2"
colwidth="3*"></colspec>
-
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Name</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
-
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Export Log</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Possibility to export the log into a text
file</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Clear Log Viewer</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The option clears the current server
log</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Delete Log</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Click to delete the server log</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Open Log</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Click to open the server log text
file</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Restore Log</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Click to restore the server log</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="server_editor">
- <title>Server Editor</title>
- <para>By double-clicking on any server, an editor window will appear
allowing you to
- edit parts of that server.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Preferences Page for the Chosen Server</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_4.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <tip>
- <title>Tip:</title>
- <para>On the figure you can see that a username/password is
available in the UI when
- configuring the server. If you get an SecurityException when trying
to launch
- the server, it is most likely because your server is protected and
hence you
- need to fill the username/password fields with appropriate
values.</para>
- </tip>
-
- <para>It should be pointed out that our server adapter by default tries
to automatically
- detect the ports it needs for integrating with a <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property>.
- Sometimes it can though be relevant to override this automatic detection
if you are
- using some custom configuration. For this purposes the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Server
Ports</property>
- </emphasis> section in the <property
moreinfo="none">Server editor</property> is provided where the
- port settings are configurable. Click the <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Configure...</property>
- </emphasis> link to bring up the wizard for adjusting the settings
for the
- ports.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Server Ports Preferences</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_5.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Press <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Edit
XPath</property>
- </emphasis> button for the chosen port to configure its XPath's
values.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>XPath Pattern for a Server Port</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_6.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>The settings related to <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Publishing</property>
- </emphasis>, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Timeouts</property>
- </emphasis> or <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Server
Polling</property>
- </emphasis> can be also adjusted in the <property
moreinfo="none">Server editor</property>.</para>
-
- <para id="com_line_arg"><property
moreinfo="none">Server editor</property> makes it also possible to
- modify the server's launch configuration. It's just after
clicking <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Open launch
configuration</property>
- </emphasis> link. In the open window there are the tabs for setting
command line
- arguments and other things that are relevant to launching the
server.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Launch Configuration Properties</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_7.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Look up <ulink
url="http://docs.jboss.org/jbossas/guides/installguide/r1/en/html/st...
to find parameters which can be specified for <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss
- Server</property>.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
- <para>Find more about XPath in the <ulink
url="http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath20/">XPath
- Documentation</ulink>.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
-
- <section id="Project_archivesView" >
- <title>Project Archives View</title>
- <para>Every application, whether Plain Old Java, J2EE, or some other
language altogether,
- needs to be packaged in some way. In Java-related projects, many people use
ANT. </para>
- <note>
- <title>Note:</title>
- <para>Those who use ANT will appreciate how the Project Archives Ant
task is now
- improved: it supports variables and gives more informative error/logging
messages
- when something goes wrong.</para>
- </note>
-
- <para>But <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Tools</property> come with our own Archives tool with a bit easier
- and less-verbose XML and a handy user interface. The Project Archives plugin
consists
- primarily of a view, that is <property
moreinfo="none">Project Archives view</property>, to set up each
- packaging configuration.</para>
- <para>So far, let's look through all functionality that the
<property moreinfo="none">Project
- Archives view</property> provides.</para>
-
- <section id="archives_overview">
- <title>Overview</title>
-
- <para>The packaging configuration for each project is stored in the
project's root
- folder, and is in a file named <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.packages</property>
- </emphasis>, which has a fairly simple XML structure. Modifying the
file by hand is
- neither required nor recommended, and using the UI is the official way of
modifying
- your packaging structure.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Archives View</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_21.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>A project's configuration contains archives. As you can see
on the image
- above a project can contain more than one archive. Internal archives and
filesets
- can be directly inside of an archive, or in some sub-folder of that
archive.</para>
-
- <para>In the upper right corner of the view you can see an icon which,
when clicked,
- will build the selected top-level archive. Additionally, you can select
<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Project > Build
Packages</property>
- </emphasis> when a project is selected in the <property
moreinfo="none">Packages View</property> to
- build all declared packages in that project's <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.packages</property>
- </emphasis> file. This will execute a full build on all declared
archives.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="Creating_Archive">
- <title>Creating an Archive</title>
-
- <para>When you open the <property
moreinfo="none">Project archives view</property> for the first time,
- it asks you to select the project for what you want to create an
archive.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Archives View</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_21a.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>When creating a new archive for selected project, you have some
different options
- at your disposal. You need right-click inside the view and select
<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">New
Archive</property>
- </emphasis> to see your archive type options.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Create an Archive</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_22.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <note>
- <title>Note:</title>
- <para>If you see only JAR from the list of available archive types,
you should
- verify whether AS Tools plugins/features are in place. EAR, EJB JAR
and WAR
- options are contributed by the AS Tools independently from webtools
and the
- virtual project model. Thus, without them only JAR will show
up.</para>
- </note>
-
- <para><property moreinfo="none">JAR</property> is
the standard archive type, and does very little
- configuration, leaving most of the work up to you. You can customize the
name, add
- folders, filesets, and inner jars to it.</para>
-
- <para>The other types, for the most part, simply start off with a
default setting,
- usually the jar with some specific children based on an expected
structure of the
- project. For example, if the project is a Dynamic Web Project, and you
create a
- <property moreinfo="none">WAR</property>
archive, the archive will be created with a few
- filesets relevant to the known structure of the project.</para>
-
- <para>Here is the first page of all New archive wizards. It is the same
for any archive
- type and the only page in the <property
moreinfo="none">New Jar wizard</property>.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>New WAR Wizard</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>The page is pretty simple. First it asks to set the name of your
new archive and a
- destination.</para>
-
- <para>The destination of an archive can be anywhere on the file system,
anywhere in the
- workspace, inside some other archive, or inside a folder declared inside
an archive.
- Select the necessary checkbox (either <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">workspace</property>
- </emphasis> or <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none"> file
system</property>
- </emphasis>) for marking the destination as related to either
workspace or file
- system. You can browse to workspace or filesystem destinations by
clicking on their
- respective buttons. To select a destination inside some other archive,
you'll need
- to press the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Workspace</property>
- </emphasis> button. At the bottom of the list, you'll see
archives that
- have been declared in the workspace.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Selecting the destination in the workspace</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23a.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Also in the wizard for creating a new archive you can choose
whether an archive to
- be compressed or exploded into a folder (without compression). You need
just select
- proper chechbox in the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Archive
type</property>
- </emphasis> section.</para>
- <para>If a build or incremental update fails Project Archives will show
an error
- dialog:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Selecting the destination in the workspace</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/projectarchives_error.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Click in <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Details</property>
- </emphasis> to see detailed information about what caused the
error.</para>
-
- <para>In the <property moreinfo="none">Package
Explorer</property> you can observe the created
- archive.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>The Archive in the Package Explorer</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23b.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>If you use the exploded type of archiving, instead of a single
file archive the
- result put into a folder is displayed in the <property
moreinfo="none">Package
- Explorer</property>.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>The Exploded Archive in the Package Explorer</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23c.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <section id="CreatingaFolder">
- <title>Creating a Folder</title>
- <para>Creating a folder is much easier. You simply right-click on
an archive or
- folder you want your new folder to be a child under. The only piece
of required
- information is naming the file.</para>
- </section>
- <section id="CreatingaFileSet">
- <title>Creating a FileSet</title>
- <para>To create a new fileset, you click on an available target
location such as an
- archive, a nested archive, or a folder within an archive, and select
<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">New
Fileset</property>. </emphasis></para>
- <para>The <property moreinfo="none">New Fileset
wizard</property> requires a destination (where the
- files will go), and a root directory (or where the files are coming
from). The
- source can be anywhere in the workspace or from the filesystem at
large.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding a New FileSet</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_24.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Below that, the fileset requires only an includes pattern and
an excludes
- pattern. As you type in either of these fields, the preview viewer
should update
- itself with which files are matched.</para>
-
- <para>You can create a Fileset with flattenning or without it. Look
at the
- difference on the figure below.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>The FileSet with flattenning and without
it</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_24a.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- </section>
- </section>
-
- <section id="View_Actions">
- <title>Archive Actions</title>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Context Menu on the Item</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_25.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>The context menu on the items in the view is extendable, but
there are several
- that come standard.</para>
-
- <table>
- <title>Context Menu on the Item</title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec align="left" colnum="1"
colwidth="1*"></colspec>
- <colspec colnum="2"
colwidth="3*"></colspec>
-
-
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Name</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
-
- <tbody>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Build Archive (Full)</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry>
- <para>The action enabled only on top-level
archives, which initiates
- a full build on that archive</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Edit Archive</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry>
- <para>Standard action that brings up the wizard
associated with that
- particular node type and allows the details to be
changed</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Delete Archive</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry>
- <para>Deleting node is standard action with
deletion not needing an
- explanation</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Publish To Server</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry>
- <para>The action means the ability to publish to a
declared
- server</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Edit publish settings</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry>
- <para>Gives possibility to edit an archive publish
settings</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </section>
-
- <section id="PublishToServer">
- <title>Publishing to Server</title>
- <para>Finally, you'll need to publish your application to a server.
Here, we
- show you how to do it with the help of <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Archives
View</property>. </emphasis></para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Context Menu on the Item</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_26.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>The dialog above appears after selecting <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Publish To
Server</property>. </emphasis> To simply publish once, you
- just select the server(s) that you want, and finish. If you want the
<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Publish to
Server</property>
- </emphasis> action on that particular Archive to publish always to
that set of
- servers, then check the appropriate checkbox. And finally, to enable
automatic
- publishing upon build events, check the last checkbox.</para>
- <para>The automatic publishing feature is nice if, for example, your
package's
- destination (where it is built) is a temporary folder and you want the
archive
- published to several servers. If you only really want your archive
published to one
- server, it might be easier to have the archive's destination folder
be the deploy
- folder of the server.</para>
- </section>
- <section id="rel_res_links_archiving">
- <title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
- <para>Refer to <ulink
url="http://ant.apache.org/manual/index.html">Ant manual</ulink>
- to find more on how to build your applications with help of
Ant.</para>
-
- <para>We also recommend you to watch the <ulink
url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/movies/demos/archiving/archiving.ht...
which demonstrates a powerful archiving functionality in
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Tools</property>.</para>
-
- <para>At this point, you are guessed to be familiar with <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss AS
- perspective</property> and your next step now is to explore how
to work with
- different kinds of projects.</para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
-
-</chapter>
-
-
-<chapter id="webtools"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/webtools.xml">
- <title>Projects</title>
- <para>The most popular of the projects we deal with are the J2EE ones, such as
Dynamic Web
- Project, EJB Project, or EAR project. Web projects of <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> are
- Struts, JSF and Seam projects. All of them are called faceted projects. Thus, in this
- chapter we are going to tell you about facets the main benefit of which to provide
proper
- structuring and packaging for any type of project.</para>
-
- <section>
- <title>Faceted Projects Overview</title>
- <para>The idea behind faceted projects is that each project can accept units of
- functionality, or facets, which can be added or removed by the user. Most often,
these
- facets either add to the project's classpath, enable a builder, or watch the
project in
- some other fashion. Generally, every project concerned has at least one facet when
- it's created. As an example, a Web project has a WebDoclet facet, or an EJB
- Project has an EJB Module facet as prerequisites.</para>
-
- <para> WTP projects have undergone some criticism as being
- <emphasis>over-engineered</emphasis> or too restrictive in their design.
WTP projects
- are set up in a tree-relationship to each other, where one project can be a child of
- another. For example, an EAR project may have a Web Project child, an EJB project
child,
- or other types.</para>
-
- <para> However, the benefit of this is that the structure of your projects is
then known,
- and packaging it up *should* be trivial. Apparently, if your project is non-standard,
or
- you feel too confined by such rigid structural requirements, you can still choose to
- package your project using the <link
linkend="Project_archivesView">Archives
- plugin</link>.</para>
- </section>
-
-
- <section>
- <title>Adding Facets to a Project</title>
-
- <para>In this section we're going to consider the facets added by
<property moreinfo="none">JBoss
- Tools</property> and show how you can configure them in a project: add new ones
or
- modify already existing configuration of the facets.</para>
-
- <para>One way to configure the facets is doing it while organizing a new project.
To
- demonstrate this let's create a new <property
moreinfo="none">Dynamic Web Project</property> by
- selecting <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">File > New >
Other...</property>
- </emphasis> and then <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Web > Dynamic Web
Project</property>. </emphasis></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>New Dynamic Web Project</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/webtools/webtools_1.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Click <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
- </emphasis> and you will see Dynamic Web Project page like on the figure
below.</para>
-
- <para> The first page of most WTP projects allows you to target a specific
runtime,
- representing a server's library location. It will also provide you the ability to
add
- this project to an EAR project, and select a pre-selected default set of facets,
called
- a configuration, rather than manually select each facet you might want.</para>
- <para> Selecting the runtime, again, allows the project to install the proper
classpaths to
- the project so it knows what code to compile against.</para>
-
- <figure float="0" id="dyn_web_project">
- <title>New Dynamic Web Project</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/webtools/webtools_2.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Click on the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Modify</property>
- </emphasis> button next to <property
moreinfo="none">Configuration</property> section in order to open
- the wizard which allows you to modify a chosen configuration. The wizard looks as
- follows.</para>
-
- <figure float="0" id="project_facets">
- <title>Project Facets Wizard</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/webtools/webtools_3.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Here part of the listed facets are those which are provided by WTP. Some of
them are
- added by <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>. They
are:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>BIRT Charting Runtime Component</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>BIRT Reporting Runtime Component</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>JBoss ESB</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>JBoss Portlets</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>JBoss Web Services</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Seam</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>On this wizard page you can enable or disable any facet as well as change
it version.
- What you should note here is that some facets or facets versions may conflict with
each
- other. In case of incompatibility you'll be prompted about this in the combo
- box underneath.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Facet Constraints</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/webtools/webtools_4.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>When switching on the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Runtimes</property>
- </emphasis> tab on the right you'll see the current server
Runtime.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Runtimes on the Project Facets Wizard</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/webtools/webtools_5.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>On this tab you can also create a new Server Runtime and make it primary by
pressing <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Make Primary</property>
- </emphasis> button after enabling it.</para>
-
- <para>Clicking on <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">OK</property>
- </emphasis> will save the chosen configuration of the facets and return you to
the <link linkend="dyn_web_project">Dynamic Web Project
wizard</link>. Further pages in the
- wizard are specific to either the project type or the facets selected.</para>
-
-
- <para>If you need to configure the facets for the existing project, you should
bring up the
- context menu for selected project and click <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Properties</property>
- </emphasis> and then <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Project Facets</property>.
</emphasis> This will bring up the familiar
- <link linkend="project_facets">Project Facets wizard</link>,
where you can create
- your own custom facets configuration.</para>
-
- <para></para>
-
- </section>
- <section id="rel_resources_links">
- <title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
-
- <para>More on the WTP facets you can read in the <ulink
url="http://help.eclipse.org/ganymede/index.jsp?topic=/org.eclipse.j...
help</ulink>.</para>
- </section>
-</chapter>
-
-
-<chapter id="modules"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/modules.xml">
- <title>Deploying Modules</title>
-
- <para>In this chapter it will be described how to deploy modules onto the
server.</para>
- <para> First of all it is necessary to say that deploying to a server is mostly
painless. There
- are several ways to do it provided by WTP, and some additional methods provided by
JBoss
- Tools. These methods are described further in this chapter.</para>
-
- <section>
- <title>Deploying on the Package Explorer</title>
-
- <para>On the package explorer it is possible to publish either a project to a
server or just
- a signal file. Let's look at how to do this.</para>
- <section id="run_on_server_wizard">
- <title>Deploying with Run On Server Wizard</title>
- <para> The first WTP method is to right-click on a project, such as a Dynamic
Web
- project, EJB project, or EAR project and then select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Run As > Run on
Server</property>
- </emphasis>. The resulting dialog allows you to select which supporting server
the
- project can be published to.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Define a New Server</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/modules/modules_1.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Click <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
- </emphasis> button to see add or remove projects page where you can choose
projects
- to configure them on server.</para>
- <figure float="0" id="add_rem_proj">
- <title>Add or Remove Projects</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/modules/modules_2.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>This page of the wizard also allows to undeploy modules from the server.
For that
- choose proper module(s) from the right and click <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none"> < Remove</property>
- </emphasis>. The modules will be completely undeployed after restarting your
server
- or republishing.</para>
- <para>Generally, for the JBoss AS Server Adapters, publishing using this method
will
- force a default, best-guess, packaging configuration for your project. This
- best-guess does not publish incrementally, but instead repackages your entire
- project into a <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.war</property>
- </emphasis>, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.jar</property>
- </emphasis>, or <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.ear</property>
- </emphasis> as appropriate, and then copies that file into the proper deploy
- directory. For quicker smarter deployment, you will need to create archives using
- the <link linkend="Project_archivesView">Project Archives
view</link> and customize
- packaging yourself.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="single_file_deployment">
- <?dbhtml filename="DeployToServer.html"?>
- <title>Deploying single files</title>
-
- <para>Sometimes it becomes necessary to deploy one or more files to a server.
For
- that in order not to do a full republish in the context menu of files a
<emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Deploy To
Server</property></emphasis>
- option is provided that allows a single file deployment. To deploy these non-WTP
files/projects
- right click on the file (<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">-ds.xml</property></emphasis>,
<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.ear</property></emphasis>,
<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.jar</property></emphasis>
etc.) and select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Deploy To Server</property>
- </emphasis> and it will be automatically deployed.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Deploy to Sever</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/modules/modules_6.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>The deployed files are listed side-by-side with other modules that are
deployed to
- the server.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Deployed files on the Server</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/modules/modules_7.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- </section>
-
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Deploying with JBoss Server View</title>
- <para>As it has been already mentioned <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> contains two
- parts: the top part that displays all defined servers and the bottom part which
provides
- categories with additional information. Thus, in this section we suggest two more
ways
- to deploy resources onto the server.</para>
- <section>
- <title>Top part of JBoss Server View</title>
- <para>In the top part of the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Servers View</property> like in the Servers
- View you should right click on a server and select the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Add and Remove Projects</property>
- </emphasis> menu item.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Add and Remove Projects</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/modules/modules_3.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>This will bring up a <link linkend="add_rem_proj">familiar
dialog</link> allowing
- you to either publish projects or modules to a server, or remove them from the
- server. If the selected module is a project like a Dynamic Web project, EJB project,
- or EAR project, it will be published as through <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Run on Server</property>
- </emphasis> wizard, with a best-guess full package. If, however, the selected
- element is an archive from the <link
linkend="Project_archivesView">Project Archives
- view</link>, it will be published according to the rules of that module
- type.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Bottom part of JBoss Server View</title>
- <para>In the bottom part of <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>
- </emphasis> there is a category called <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Modules</property>
- </emphasis> which should display all currently-published modules on the
server.
- Right-clicking on the desired module and selecting <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Full Publish</property>
- </emphasis> will force a full rebuild of the entire module.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Full Publish</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/modules/modules_4.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Here, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Incremental Publish</property>
- </emphasis> is meant to enable publishing of only those parts where changes
have
- been made.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Deploying with Project Archives View</title>
- <para>In the <property moreinfo="none">Project Archives
View</property> you can right-click on any declared
- archive and select the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Publish To Server</property>
- </emphasis> element. For more on this subject, see <link
linkend="PublishToServer">Publishing to Server</link> in the Project
Archives View section.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Publish to Server</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/modules/modules_5.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para> The only way to ensure an <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Incremental Build</property>
- </emphasis>, such as changes to one <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.jsp</property>, </emphasis>
- <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.html</property>, </emphasis>
or <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.class</property>
- </emphasis> file, is to enable the builder for that project. This is done by
either
- changing the global preferences for the <property
moreinfo="none">Archives View</property>, or by
- enabling project-specific preferences and ensuring the builder is on.</para>
- <para>The last chapter covers a variety of methods on how you can deploy needed
modules onto a
- server.</para>
- </section>
-</chapter>
-
-
-<chapter id="tptp_support"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/tptp_support.xml">
- <title>TPTP Support</title>
- <para>This chapter provides an overview on how to enable TPTP Profiling for
<property moreinfo="none">JBoss
- AS</property> adapters in <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Tools</property>.</para>
-
- <section>
- <title>TPTP Profiling</title>
-
- <para>To get TPTP profiling work on <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Application Server</property> you should
- first download <ulink
url="http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/download.php?file=/tptp/4.5.0/...
4.5.0 Runtime</ulink> and install it, i. e. just add the content of
<emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">plugins/features</property>
- </emphasis> folders from downloaded directory to the same folders in
your eclipse
- installation directory.</para>
-
- <para>And now all profile actions should work for you. To start
<property moreinfo="none">JBoss
- AS</property> in profiling mode use <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Start the server in profiling
mode</property>
- </emphasis> button or <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Profile As > Profile on
Server</property>
- </emphasis> option in the context menu of the project.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Start the Server in Profiling mode</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/tptp_support/tptp_support_1.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>To enable TPTP features in your workbench use <property
moreinfo="none">Profiling and Logging
- Perspective</property> that you can find in the list of proposed
perspectives: <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Window > Open
Perspective > Other…</property>
- </emphasis>
- </para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Profiling and Logging Perspective</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/tptp_support/tptp_support_2.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
- <para>All additional information on TPTP(Test and Performance Tools
Platform) you can find
- in <ulink
url="http://www.eclipse.org/tptp/home/downloads/4.5.0/documents/quic...
documentation</ulink>.</para>
- <para>In summary, this reference should help you to start with <ulink
url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossas">JBoss AS</ulink> and get to know
with functionality
- for work with it.</para>
- </section>
-</chapter>
-
-
-</book>
+]><book
xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
+
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>JBoss Server Manager Reference Guide</title>
+
+
<author><firstname>Anatoly</firstname><surname>Fedosik</surname></author>
+
<author><firstname>Olga</firstname><surname>Chikvina</surname></author>
+
<author><firstname>Rob</firstname><surname>Stryker</surname><email>rob.stryker(a)jboss.com</email></author>
+
<author><firstname>Svetlana</firstname><surname>Mukhina</surname><email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email></author>
+
+ <pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2007</year>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">JBoss, a division of Red
Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
+ Version: 2.0.0.GA
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
+<abstract>
+ <title></title>
+ <para>
+ <ulink
url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/as/pdf/AS_...
version</ulink>
+ </para>
+</abstract>
+
+ </bookinfo>
+
+
+ <toc></toc>
+
+<chapter id="quick_start" role="updated"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/quick_start.xml">
+ <title>Quick Start with JBoss Server</title>
+
+ <para>This chapter covers the basics of working with the <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property>. If you
+ already have installed JBoss server and runtime you can quickly learn how to
configure, start,
+ stop the server, to know deployment and archiving processes. How to install runtimes
and servers
+ read in the <link linkend="runtimes_servers">Runtimes and Servers in
the JBoss AS plugin</link>
+ chapter.</para>
+
+ <para>To start working with JBoss AS, select a <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss AS Perspective</property> via
+ <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Open
Perspective > Other > JBoss
+ AS</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <section id="starting">
+ <title>Starting JBoss Server</title>
+
+ <para>Starting <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Server</property> is quite simple. You can control the server
+ behaviour with the help of a special toolbar in the <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>
+ where you could <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">start</property>
+ </emphasis> it in a regular or debug mode, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">stop</property>
+ </emphasis> it or <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">restart</property>
+ </emphasis> it, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">publish</property>
+ </emphasis> to the server, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">clean</property>
+ </emphasis> the server.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JBoss Server Toolbar</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>To launch the server click the green-with-white-arrow icon on the
<property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server
+ View </property>or right click server name in this view and select
<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Start</property>.
</emphasis> If this view is not open, select
+ <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Show
View > Other > Server >
+ JBoss Server View</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Start JBoss Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="stopping">
+ <title>Stopping JBoss Server</title>
+
+ <para>To stop the server, click the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Stop</property>
+ </emphasis> icon in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Server View</property> or right click the server name
+ and press <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Stop</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Stop JBoss Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>When the server is stopped you will see <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Stopped</property>
+ </emphasis> state next to its name in the square brackets.</para>
+ <para>Learn more about the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Server View</property>
+ <link linkend="JBossServerView">here</link>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="archiving">
+
+ <title>Project Archiving</title>
+
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>
comes with our own archives tool. The Project Archives
+ plugin consists primarily of a view to set up each packaging configuration
<emphasis>(
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window > Show View >
Other > JBoss Tools > Project archives</property>).
+ </emphasis></para>
+ <para>Right clicking in the <property moreinfo="none">Project
archives view</property> you can create War,
+ EJB War, EAR or JAR archive.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Archive Creating</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Using the context menu on the item you can initiate a
<emphasis><property moreinfo="none">full
build</property></emphasis> on
+ archive, <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">edit</property>,</emphasis>
<emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">delete</property></emphasis> or
+ <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">publish</property></emphasis> it.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Context Menu on the Item</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Learn more about the <property moreinfo="none">Project
Archives View</property>
+ <link
linkend="Project_archivesView">here</link>.</para>
+
+ </section>
+ <section id="deployment">
+ <title>Deploying an Application to a Server</title>
+
+ <para>There are two times to deploy your application:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>While creating it</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>After it already exists</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>When you create a new project (Seam, JSF or Struts) with the New Project
or Import Project
+ wizards, the one of wizards steps has a <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Target Runtime</property>
+ </emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Target Server</property>
+ </emphasis> sections. You can deploy the application through the appropriate
selection in
+ these sections.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Runtime and Server Sections in the New Project Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_4a.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Runtime and Server Sections in the Import Project
Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_4b.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You can deploy an existing application to a server by right-clicking the
target defined
+ server in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Servers
View</property> and then selecting <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Add and
+ Remove Projects</property></emphasis> from the context
menu.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Add and Remove Projects From the Context Menu.</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>If this application is not assigned to a server, it will be in the
left-hand available
+ projects list. Clicking on the <property moreinfo="none">Add
></property> button will add it to the right-hand
+ configured projects list and deploy the application to this server.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Modifying The Projects that are Configured on the
Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Here, we have just performed the basic steps you should know to quick
start with JBoss
+ server. In fact, there are more functionalities which you can make use of. Further
we will
+ talk about them in detail.</para>
+ </section>
+
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title>
+
+ <para>All JBoss Developer Studio/JBoss Tools documentation you can find
<ulink
url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/2.1.0.GA">here</ulink>...
+ <para>The latest documentation builds are available <ulink
url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/">her...
+
+ </section>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="runtimes_servers"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/runtimes_servers.xml"
xreflabel="runtimes_servers">
+ <?dbhtml filename="runtimes_servers.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>Deploy</keyword>
+ <keyword>Deployment</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Runtimes and Servers in the JBoss AS plugin</title>
+
+ <para>In this chapter we will discuss how to install runtimes and
servers.</para>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">First of all
it's necessary to mention that the JBoss AS plugin makes use of WTP.
+ This includes starting and stopping servers in run or debug mode. It also includes
targeting WTP
+ projects, such as Dynamic Web Projects, to certain server runtimes in order to ensure
that the
+ proper jars from a specific server are added to the project's classpath
+ properly.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para>In order to get started creating, running, and debugging J2EE applications,
we should create
+ our <property moreinfo="none">runtime</property> and
<property moreinfo="none">server</property> instances.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Runtimes</title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">In
</diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss
Tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">, the main purpose of Server Runtimes is to point to a
+ server installation somewhere on disk. In our case, this will be a JBoss
installation, and it
+ can then be used for two primary purposes:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>it provides classpath additions to WTP projects that require
them.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>for <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
server</property> at least, it provides information necessary for
+ the starting and stopping of the server, it tells which jars to run and which
+ configuration to use.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <section id="InstNewRuntime">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Installing a
New Runtime</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para>You can install runtimes into eclipse from the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Window > Preferences
</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis> menu, and then select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Server > Runtime
Environments</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> from
the categories available on the left.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Installed Runtimes</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">From this
preference page you can see all declared runtimes and their types as well.
+ Here, it's possible to edit or remove existing runtimes as well as add a new
+ one.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para>To create a JBoss runtime click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add</property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> button
and choose a necessary type of runtime from the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss
Community</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
category.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding a Runtime</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <note diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Note:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Now there is a separation between .org servers (the
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss
Community</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
category) and product server that comes with JBoss EAP in JBDS ( the
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss
Enterprise Middleware</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
category).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>As you can see, <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Tools</property> provide its own adapters such as JBoss
+ 3.2, 4.0, 4.2 and 5.0 as well. The last one comes with its own new feature, that
is a safer
+ incremental deployment, which prevents partial deployments to be picked up by the
server. It
+ means that scanning for auto-deployment is suspended while files are being copied
to the
+ deployment location and resumed when the copy is completed.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+ <para>Currently we recommend you to use a fully supported JBoss 4.2 server
adapter.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>You'll also note a Deploy-Only Runtime type. This type provides no
classpath
+ for WTP projects. It is used solely by its server type for the purpose of setting
up a
+ deploy directory for users who don't wish to make use of starting, stopping,
or
+ debugging their projects inside eclipse.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0" id="add_runtime_figure">
+ <title>Adding a JBoss 4.2 Runtime</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">The following
table describes all the available options of the currant wizard
+ page.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <table>
+ <title>Server Runtime Wizard Parameters</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1"
colwidth="1*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec>
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Name</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Description</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Name</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The name of a new Runtime for a chosen server. We suggest
that you
+ don't leave a default value. It's better to give descriptive
+ names that will help to distinguish one runtime from
another.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Home directory</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The path to a directory where the runtime is
installed.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>jRE</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The proper Java Runtime Environment. Because of the
open-source nature of
+ JBoss, a user is likely to want to modify and repackage some of the
+ configuration-specific jboss jars and create their own configuration.
Thus, rather
+ than forcing you to copy his entire JBoss installation, the structure
of the
+ wizard allows to create only a new configuration instead.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Configuration</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The list of configurations (all, default, minimal) that is
updated as soon as
+ you browse to a valid runtime installation folder. After the runtime is
created
+ the configuration becomes an unchanging property of that runtime. To
compile
+ against a different configuration's jars, you will need to create a
new runtime
+ from that configuration.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">As a result of
having each runtime represent a specific configuration rather than the
+ server installation as a whole, it is very likely you'll create several
different
+ runtimes to test each of your configurations. It becomes important to ensure your
runtimes,
+ and later your servers, are given descriptive names that help you remember which
is
+ which.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para>Press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> to see your new runtime in the list.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Servers</title>
+ <para>WTP servers are eclipse-representations of a backing server installation.
They are used to
+ start or stop servers, deploy to servers, or debug code that will run on the
server. They keep
+ track of the modules (jars, wars, etc) you deploy to the server and also allow you
to undeploy
+ those modules (see <link
linkend="run_on_server_wizard"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Deploying with Run On Server
+ Wizard</diffmk:wrapper></link> section). </para>
+ <para>Servers can be started or stopped with different <link
linkend="com_line_arg">command-line
+ arguments</link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">.
They are often backed by a runtime object representing that server's
+ location.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Creating a New Server</title>
+
+ <para>There are many ways to get to the new server wizard. One way is to use
the old standard <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File > New > Other...
</property>
+ </emphasis> and then <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Server</property>
+ </emphasis>. This should show the wizard like below.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding a JBoss Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>A server object is that keeps track of things like command line
arguments when starting
+ or stopping, and runtimes keep track of the location of the installation. Thus,
each server
+ instance must be backed by an appropriate runtime. </para>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">From the list
of already declared runtimes in the combo box below the view it's
+ possible to select which runtime you want your server to be backed by. If there
is no
+ runtime that matches your needs just press the
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Add...</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> link
nearby to bring up the wizard for creating a new runtime (see the
</diffmk:wrapper><link diffmk:change="added"
linkend="add_runtime_figure"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">previous
section</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">). To configure the already installed
+ runtimes you should go to server preferences that you can easily do by pressing
the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Configure runtime
environments...</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> link.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">If the server
you want to create doesn't have any installed runtime yet, the combo box
+ and the links are absent.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Installed Server Runtime Environments</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>In this case the next page in the wizard which has the same form as in
<link linkend="add_runtime_figure">the previous section</link> will
ask you to create the
+ associated runtime.</para>
+ <para>Either way, after targeting your server to a runtime, the final screen
in this wizard is
+ largely confirmational, giving you a chance to verify that you've selected
the
+ appropriate runtime. It also allows to name the server appropriately.
</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Installed Server Runtime Environments</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> to complete the process of the server creation.</para>
+ <para>Now that we've created our runtimes and servers, we can dwell on
all services
+ and tools that JBoss Server Manager provides.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ </section>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="perspective" role="updated"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/perspective.xml"
xreflabel="perspective">
+ <?dbhtml filename="perspective.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>Deploy</keyword>
+ <keyword>Deployment</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>JBoss AS Perspective</title>
+
+ <para>This chapter tells how to manage installed <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property> via
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS
perspective</property>.</para>
+
+ <para>The <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS
perspective</property> is similar to the <property
moreinfo="none">Java
+ perspective</property>, but it contains a few additional views. Two of
the additional
+ views are standard views, specifically the <property
moreinfo="none">Console view</property> and the
+ <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property>.
The other two views that are added are the
+ <property moreinfo="none">Project archives
view</property> and the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server
+ View</property>.</para>
+
+ <section id="JBossServerView" role="updated">
+ <?dbhtml filename="JBossServerView.html"?>
+ <title>The JBoss Server View</title>
+
+ <para>The <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server
View</property> is built on Common Navigator Framework
+ allowing extensions and is using label decorators what makes the UI enough
compact
+ without loosing the vital information.</para>
+
+ <para>Let's have a look at the <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> and inspect
+ in detail all parts it consists of. </para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The JBoss Server View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <section id="jbossserver_view_toolbar">
+ <title>JBoss Server View Toolbar</title>
+ <para>In the right top corner of the <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> there is a
+ special toolbar which provides a quick access to starting a server (in
debug mode,
+ run mode, or profile mode), restarting a server, stopping a server,
publishing to a
+ server and a possibility to clean a server.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The JBoss Server View Toolbar</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>In order to debug your applications or EJB's that are
deployed to the server, you
+ must start the server in debug mode. By starting the server in debug
mode, eclipse
+ will allow you to set breakpoints on code in your workspace and step
through the
+ code.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Start the server in
profiling mode</property>
+ </emphasis> button allows to enable profiling actions for your
application. For more
+ details on how to start using TPTP profiling with <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>
+ refer to <link linkend="tptp_support">TPTP
Support</link> chapter.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Publish to the
server</property>
+ </emphasis> button will republish any modules where it has
determined the workspace
+ is out of sync with the server. It will attempt to do an incremental
publish if it
+ turns out that the module in question is capable of doing
one.</para>
+
+
+ <para>Press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Clean</property>
+ </emphasis> if you need to clean projects published on the server,
i.e. remove
+ invalid resources from the server.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="jbossserver_view_structure">
+ <title>JBoss Server View Structure</title>
+ <para>The <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server
View</property> displays all declared servers as well
+ as their current states (that is whether they are started or stopped) and
statuses
+ in the square brackets next to a server name.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The JBoss Server View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The following table lists possible server statuses.</para>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Server Publish Status</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1"
colwidth="1*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2"
colwidth="3*"></colspec>
+
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">Status</entry>
+
+ <entry
align="center">Description</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Republish</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>The status which allows you to see if changes
are
+ awaiting</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Publishing...</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>The status which shows if changes are being
updated</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Synchronized</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>The status which allows you to see if changes
are
+ in-sync</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para>You can control a server behavior as well as adjust some server
preferences with
+ the help of the context menu commands.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Context Menu
Commands</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>All available context menu commands are described in the
following table.</para>
+ <table>
+ <title>Server Properties through the Context Menu</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1"
colwidth="1*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2"
colwidth="3*"></colspec>
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Name</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Description</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>New Server</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The option allows to define a new
server</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Open</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The option opens the Server
editor</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Show in</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">This option gives an easy access to the next views:
Console,
+ Debug view, Server Log or MBean
Explorer</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Delete</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Standard option that allows to delete the
chosen server</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Start</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The action for stating a server in a run
mode</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Debug</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The action for stating a server in a debug
mode</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Stop</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The action for stopping a declared
server</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Publish</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The action for synching the publish
information between the
+ server and workspace</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Clean</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The option for complete redeploying the
resources</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Explore</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para
diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">This action uses the native OS file explorer to browse
the
+ deploy destination. Note: The option is also
available for
+ deployed resources/projects (see the figure
below).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added">Add and
Remove Projects</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The option allows to publish a new project to
the server (if
+ its type is supported)</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Monitoring</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Possibility to add ports to be monitored on the
current
+ server</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Properties</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Opens the window to adjust the current server
+ preferences</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para>Under the server element in the <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>, you can
+ see currently deployed to the server modules and some server extensions
which
+ provide the additional information on the server.</para>
+
+ <para>The context menu for any module allows you to remove it from the
server, force a
+ full or incremental republish upon it.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Modules Action</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_11.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added" id="filesets">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Filesets</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+ <para>The <emphasis>
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Filesets</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> category in the </diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss
Server View</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> is intended
+ for files filtering.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">To add a new file filter, right-click the
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Filesets</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> category and select
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Create
File Filter</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">The </diffmk:wrapper><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">New File
+ Filter
wizard</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> should appear.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Creating a New File
Filter</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/perspective/filesets1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">The wizard asks you to enter the filter name and add
includes and excludes
+ patterns. The preview box underneath gives a list of files matched to
the
+ defined patterns.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">New File Filter
Wizard</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/perspective/filesets2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">After the filter is created, you can observe it by
expanding the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Filesets</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> category in the </diffmk:wrapper><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">JBoss Server
View</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">It's possible now to edit files directly from the
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Filesets</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> category. Double clicking on a file from
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Filesets</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> opens up the editor automatically or you can use the
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Edit File</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> context menu
command.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Direct Editing from the
Filesets</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/perspective/filesets3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">To
delete a file filter (or just a file) from the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Filesets</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">,</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> right-click a file filter (or the
+ unnecessary file) and select the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Delete
File Filter</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis>
+ <emphasis diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">(</diffmk:wrapper><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Delete
File</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">)</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> command.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Deleting the File from the
Filesets</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/perspective/filesets4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added"
id="xml_configuration">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">XML Configuration</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para>The <emphasis>
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">XML
Configuration</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> category allows you to quickly browse to descriptor
files in your
+ server's deploy directory and check or change the values.
Basically, </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property moreinfo="none">XML
Configuration</property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> includes XML XPaths where a xpath is a path used to
access some
+ specific part of an xml document.
</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <note diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Note:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">You are assumed to be familiar with XPath. If not, we
highly suggested
+ that you look through an appropriate manual or tutorial on the
topic.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">The </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">XML
Configuration</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis> category itself contains only a list of categories.
<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Ports</property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> are provided by default and is filled with many of
the most commonly
+ used ports in the </diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>XML Configuration</title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_14.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+
+
+ <para>By right-clicking on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">XML
Configuration</property>, </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> you can create a new
+ category. Besides, context menu for
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">XML
Configuration</property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> category makes possible to disable it. You can
disable any category
+ in the bottom part of the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server
View</property>.</emphasis> Look for them in the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Inactive
Categories</property>
+ </emphasis> afterwards to re-enable.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding New Category</title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_15.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>By right-clicking on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Ports</property>
+ </emphasis> or any other category in <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">XML
Configuration</property>
+ </emphasis>, you can create a new xpath.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding New XPath</title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_16.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>After that, the dialog shown below will appear.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding New XPath</title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_17.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">The
goal here is to get an end result where the XPath matches up with a
+ necessary property. With that in mind, let's look how it works.
If the
+ property you want to reach is the value of the
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>name</emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">
+ attribute in the element
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis><mbean></emphasis>, then your
<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">XPath
Patten</property>
+ </emphasis>should end with
<emphasis>mbean</emphasis> and your <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Attribute
Name</property>
+ </emphasis> should be <emphasis>name</emphasis>
like on the next figure.</para>
+
+ <programlisting format="linespecific"
role="XML"><![CDATA[...
+<server>
+...
+ <mbean code="org.jboss.ejb.EJBDeployer"
+ name="jboss.ejb:service=EJBDeployer"
xmbean-dd="">
+
+ <!-- Inline XMBean Descriptor BEGIN -->
+ <xmbean>
+ <description>
+ The EJBDeployer responsible for ejb jar
deployment</description>
+ ...
+ </xmbean>
+ </mbean>
+</server>
+]]></programlisting>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>XPath Preview</title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_18.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Notice, when you type the fields autocomplete to help
you locate exactly
+ what xpath you're looking
for.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Then,
on the other hand, if your desired field is the text of an element
+
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis><description></emphasis>, your
<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">XPath
Patten</property>
+ </emphasis> should end with
<emphasis>description</emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Attribute
Name</property>
+ </emphasis> field should be left blank. When finished, click
<emphasis>
+ <property
moreinfo="none">Preview</property>
+ </emphasis> to see how many matches you have for that
particular XPath.</para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">XPath Preview</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_19.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added"
id="dragndrop_to_jboss_server_view">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Drag-n-Drop to JBoss Server
View</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Starting from 2.0.0.CR2 version of
</diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss
AS Tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> the
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss
Server View</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> supports drag-n-drop of deployable and
+ runnable projects/resources.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Dragging to the JBoss Server
View</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/dnd_toJBossServerView.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">With drag-n-drop the following actions can be
performed:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">dragging a project to a server will deploy it to the
server and run it by
+ showing the main page in a
browser</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">dragging an </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">.xhtml</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> file from </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">WebContent</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> will do the same and show the corresponding page in a
+ browser</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">dragging a deployable resource (i.e. a datasource
(</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">-ds.xml</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">) file that has
+ been made deployable) will simply deploy that resource directly
to the
+ server</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">In short, the feature does the same thing as if you
used the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Run On
Server</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
option or </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Add and
Remove Projects</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
option in the context menu of the server.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="server_log">
+ <title>Server Log View</title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">You can
monitor the current server behavior with the help of the
</diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">Server
+ Log</property>. To open a server in the <property
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Server Log
view</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> you
+ should right-click on the server and follow to
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Open in > Server
Log</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>The <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Server
Log</property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
shows relevant information to your server's startup, shutdown,
+ and publish processes. This allows you to keep an eye on what's going
on
+ (such as automatic incremental deployment if you have it
enabled).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Event Log Actions</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_12.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The <property moreinfo="none">Server
Log</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> toolbar
contains several icons that perform
+ the following actions:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Server Log Toolbar Icons</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1"
colwidth="1*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2"
colwidth="3*"></colspec>
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Name</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Description</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Export Log</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Possibility to export the log into a text
file</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Clear Log Viewer</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">The option clears the current server
log</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Delete Log</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Click to delete the server log</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Open Log</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Click to open the server log text
file</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Restore Log</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Click to restore the server log</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="server_editor">
+ <title>Server Editor</title>
+ <para>By double-clicking on any server, an editor window will appear
allowing you to
+ edit parts of that server.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Preferences Page for the Chosen Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+ <para>On the figure you can see that a username/password is
available in the UI when
+ configuring the server. If you get an SecurityException when trying
to launch
+ the server, it is most likely because your server is protected and
hence you
+ need to fill the username/password fields with appropriate
values.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>It should be pointed out that our server adapter by default tries
to automatically
+ detect the ports it needs for integrating with a <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property>.
+ Sometimes it can though be relevant to override this automatic detection
if you are
+ using some custom configuration. For this purposes the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Server
Ports</property>
+ </emphasis> section in the <property
moreinfo="none">Server editor</property> is provided where the
+ port settings are configurable. Click the <emphasis>
+ <property
moreinfo="none">Configure...</property>
+ </emphasis> link to bring up the wizard for adjusting the settings
for the
+ ports.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Server Ports Preferences</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Edit
XPath</property>
+ </emphasis> button for the chosen port to configure its XPath's
values.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>XPath Pattern for a Server Port</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The settings related to <emphasis>
+ <property
moreinfo="none">Publishing</property>
+ </emphasis>, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Timeouts</property>
+ </emphasis> or <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Server
Polling</property>
+ </emphasis> can be also adjusted in the <property
moreinfo="none">Server editor</property>.</para>
+
+ <para id="com_line_arg"><property
moreinfo="none">Server editor</property> makes it also possible to
+ modify the server's launch configuration. It's just after
clicking <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Open launch
configuration</property>
+ </emphasis> link. In the open window there are the tabs for setting
command line
+ arguments and other things that are relevant to launching the
server.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Launch Configuration Properties</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Look up <ulink
url="http://docs.jboss.org/jbossas/guides/installguide/r1/en/html/st...
to find parameters which can be specified for <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ Server</property>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
+ <para>Find more about XPath in the <ulink
url="http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath20/">XPath
+ Documentation</ulink>.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="Project_archivesView" role="updated">
+ <title>Project Archives View</title>
+ <para>Every application, whether Plain Old Java, J2EE, or some other
language altogether,
+ needs to be packaged in some way. In Java-related projects, many people use
ANT. </para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+ <para>Those who use ANT will appreciate how the Project Archives Ant
task is now
+ improved: it supports variables and gives more informative error/logging
messages
+ when something goes wrong.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>But <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Tools</property> come with our own Archives tool with a bit easier
+ and less-verbose XML and a handy user interface. The Project Archives plugin
consists
+ primarily of a view, that is <property
moreinfo="none">Project Archives view</property>, to set up each
+ packaging configuration.</para>
+ <para>So far, let's look through all functionality that the
<property moreinfo="none">Project
+ Archives view</property> provides.</para>
+
+ <section id="archives_overview">
+ <title>Overview</title>
+
+ <para>The packaging configuration for each project is stored in the
project's root
+ folder, and is in a file named <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.packages</property>
+ </emphasis>, which has a fairly simple XML structure. Modifying the
file by hand is
+ neither required nor recommended, and using the UI is the official way of
modifying
+ your packaging structure.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Archives View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_21.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>A project's configuration contains archives. As you can see
on the image
+ above a project can contain more than one archive. Internal archives and
filesets
+ can be directly inside of an archive, or in some sub-folder of that
archive.</para>
+
+ <para>In the upper right corner of the view you can see an icon which,
when clicked,
+ will build the selected top-level archive. Additionally, you can select
<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Project > Build
Packages</property>
+ </emphasis> when a project is selected in the <property
moreinfo="none">Packages View</property> to
+ build all declared packages in that project's <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.packages</property>
+ </emphasis> file. This will execute a full build on all declared
archives.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="Creating_Archive">
+ <title>Creating an Archive</title>
+
+ <para>When you open the <property
moreinfo="none">Project archives view</property> for the first time,
+ it asks you to select the project for what you want to create an
archive.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Archives View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_21a.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>When creating a new archive for selected project, you have some
different options
+ at your disposal. You need right-click inside the view and select
<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New
Archive</property>
+ </emphasis> to see your archive type options.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Create an Archive</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_22.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+ <para>If you see only JAR from the list of available archive types,
you should
+ verify whether AS Tools plugins/features are in place. EAR, EJB JAR
and WAR
+ options are contributed by the AS Tools independently from webtools
and the
+ virtual project model. Thus, without them only JAR will show
up.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">JAR</property> is
the standard archive type, and does very little
+ configuration, leaving most of the work up to you. You can customize the
name, add
+ folders, filesets, and inner jars to it.</para>
+
+ <para>The other types, for the most part, simply start off with a
default setting,
+ usually the jar with some specific children based on an expected
structure of the
+ project. For example, if the project is a Dynamic Web Project, and you
create a
+ <property moreinfo="none">WAR</property>
archive, the archive will be created with a few
+ filesets relevant to the known structure of the project.</para>
+
+ <para>Here is the first page of all New archive wizards. It is the same
for any archive
+ type and the only page in the <property
moreinfo="none">New Jar wizard</property>.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New WAR Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The page is pretty simple. First it asks to set the name of your
new archive and a
+ destination.</para>
+
+ <para>The destination of an archive can be anywhere on the file system,
anywhere in the
+ workspace, inside some other archive, or inside a folder declared inside
an archive.
+ Select the necessary checkbox (either <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">workspace</property>
+ </emphasis> or <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"> file
system</property>
+ </emphasis>) for marking the destination as related to either
workspace or file
+ system. You can browse to workspace or filesystem destinations by
clicking on their
+ respective buttons. To select a destination inside some other archive,
you'll need
+ to press the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Workspace</property>
+ </emphasis> button. At the bottom of the list, you'll see
archives that
+ have been declared in the workspace.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Selecting the destination in the workspace</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23a.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Also in the wizard for creating a new archive you can choose
whether an archive to
+ be compressed or exploded into a folder (without compression). You need
just select
+ proper chechbox in the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Archive
type</property>
+ </emphasis> section.</para>
+ <para>If a build or incremental update fails Project Archives will show
an error
+ dialog:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Selecting the destination in the workspace</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/projectarchives_error.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Click in <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Details</property>
+ </emphasis> to see detailed information about what caused the
error.</para>
+
+ <para>In the <property moreinfo="none">Package
Explorer</property> you can observe the created
+ archive.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Archive in the Package Explorer</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23b.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>If you use the exploded type of archiving, instead of a single
file archive the
+ result put into a folder is displayed in the <property
moreinfo="none">Package
+ Explorer</property>.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Exploded Archive in the Package Explorer</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23c.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <section id="CreatingaFolder">
+ <title>Creating a Folder</title>
+ <para>Creating a folder is much easier. You simply right-click on
an archive or
+ folder you want your new folder to be a child under. The only piece
of required
+ information is naming the file.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="CreatingaFileSet">
+ <title>Creating a FileSet</title>
+ <para>To create a new fileset, you click on an available target
location such as an
+ archive, a nested archive, or a folder within an archive, and select
<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New
Fileset</property>. </emphasis></para>
+ <para>The <property moreinfo="none">New Fileset
wizard</property> requires a destination (where the
+ files will go), and a root directory (or where the files are coming
from). The
+ source can be anywhere in the workspace or from the filesystem at
large.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding a New FileSet</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_24.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Below that, the fileset requires only an includes pattern and
an excludes
+ pattern. As you type in either of these fields, the preview viewer
should update
+ itself with which files are matched.</para>
+
+ <para>You can create a Fileset with flattenning or without it. Look
at the
+ difference on the figure below.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The FileSet with flattenning and without
it</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_24a.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="View_Actions">
+ <title>Archive Actions</title>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Context Menu on the Item</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_25.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>The context menu on the items in the view is extendable, but
there are several
+ that come standard.</para>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Context Menu on the Item</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1"
colwidth="1*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2"
colwidth="3*"></colspec>
+
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Name</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Description</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Build Archive (Full)</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>The action enabled only on top-level
archives, which initiates
+ a full build on that archive</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Edit Archive</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>Standard action that brings up the wizard
associated with that
+ particular node type and allows the details to be
changed</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Delete Archive</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>Deleting node is standard action with
deletion not needing an
+ explanation</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Publish To Server</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>The action means the ability to publish to a
declared
+ server</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Edit publish settings</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>Gives possibility to edit an archive publish
settings</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="PublishToServer">
+ <title>Publishing to Server</title>
+ <para>Finally, you'll need to publish your application to a server.
Here, we
+ show you how to do it with the help of <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Archives
View</property>. </emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Context Menu on the Item</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/perspective/perspective_26.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>The dialog above appears after selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Publish To
Server</property>. </emphasis> To simply publish once, you
+ just select the server(s) that you want, and finish. If you want the
<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Publish to
Server</property>
+ </emphasis> action on that particular Archive to publish always to
that set of
+ servers, then check the appropriate checkbox. And finally, to enable
automatic
+ publishing upon build events, check the last checkbox.</para>
+ <para>The automatic publishing feature is nice if, for example, your
package's
+ destination (where it is built) is a temporary folder and you want the
archive
+ published to several servers. If you only really want your archive
published to one
+ server, it might be easier to have the archive's destination folder
be the deploy
+ folder of the server.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="rel_res_links_archiving">
+ <title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
+ <para>Refer to <ulink
url="http://ant.apache.org/manual/index.html">Ant manual</ulink>
+ to find more on how to build your applications with help of
Ant.</para>
+
+ <para>We also recommend you to watch the <ulink
url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/movies/demos/archiving/archiving.ht...
which demonstrates a powerful archiving functionality in
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Tools</property>.</para>
+
+ <para>At this point, you are guessed to be familiar with <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss AS
+ perspective</property> and your next step now is to explore how
to work with
+ different kinds of projects.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ </section>
+
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="webtools"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/webtools.xml">
+ <title>Projects</title>
+ <para>The most popular of the projects we deal with are the J2EE ones, such as
Dynamic Web
+ Project, EJB Project, or EAR project. Web projects of <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> are
+ Struts, JSF and Seam projects. All of them are called faceted projects. Thus, in this
+ chapter we are going to tell you about facets the main benefit of which to provide
proper
+ structuring and packaging for any type of project.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Faceted Projects Overview</title>
+ <para>The idea behind faceted projects is that each project can accept units of
+ functionality, or facets, which can be added or removed by the user. Most often,
these
+ facets either add to the project's classpath, enable a builder, or watch the
project in
+ some other fashion. Generally, every project concerned has at least one facet when
+ it's created. As an example, a Web project has a WebDoclet facet, or an EJB
+ Project has an EJB Module facet as prerequisites.</para>
+
+ <para> WTP projects have undergone some criticism as being
+ <emphasis>over-engineered</emphasis> or too restrictive in their design.
WTP projects
+ are set up in a tree-relationship to each other, where one project can be a child of
+ another. For example, an EAR project may have a Web Project child, an EJB project
child,
+ or other types.</para>
+
+ <para> However, the benefit of this is that the structure of your projects is
then known,
+ and packaging it up *should* be trivial. Apparently, if your project is non-standard,
or
+ you feel too confined by such rigid structural requirements, you can still choose to
+ package your project using the <link
linkend="Project_archivesView">Archives
+ plugin</link>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Adding Facets to a Project</title>
+
+ <para>In this section we're going to consider the facets added by
<property moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ Tools</property> and show how you can configure them in a project: add new ones
or
+ modify already existing configuration of the facets.</para>
+
+ <para>One way to configure the facets is doing it while organizing a new project.
To
+ demonstrate this let's create a new <property
moreinfo="none">Dynamic Web Project</property> by
+ selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File > New >
Other...</property>
+ </emphasis> and then <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Web > Dynamic Web
Project</property>. </emphasis></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Dynamic Web Project</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/webtools/webtools_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis> and you will see Dynamic Web Project page like on the figure
below.</para>
+
+ <para> The first page of most WTP projects allows you to target a specific
runtime,
+ representing a server's library location. It will also provide you the ability to
add
+ this project to an EAR project, and select a pre-selected default set of facets,
called
+ a configuration, rather than manually select each facet you might want.</para>
+ <para> Selecting the runtime, again, allows the project to install the proper
classpaths to
+ the project so it knows what code to compile against.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0" id="dyn_web_project">
+ <title>New Dynamic Web Project</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/webtools/webtools_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Modify</property>
+ </emphasis> button next to <property
moreinfo="none">Configuration</property> section in order to open
+ the wizard which allows you to modify a chosen configuration. The wizard looks as
+ follows.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0" id="project_facets">
+ <title>Project Facets Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/webtools/webtools_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Here part of the listed facets are those which are provided by WTP. Some of
them are
+ added by <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>. They
are:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>BIRT Charting Runtime Component</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>BIRT Reporting Runtime Component</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>JBoss ESB</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>JBoss Portlets</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>JBoss Web Services</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Seam</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>On this wizard page you can enable or disable any facet as well as change
it version.
+ What you should note here is that some facets or facets versions may conflict with
each
+ other. In case of incompatibility you'll be prompted about this in the combo
+ box underneath.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Facet Constraints</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/webtools/webtools_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>When switching on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Runtimes</property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> tab on the
right you'll see the current server Runtime.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Runtimes on the Project Facets Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/webtools/webtools_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>On this tab you can also create a new Server Runtime and make it primary by
pressing <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Make Primary</property>
+ </emphasis> button after enabling it.</para>
+
+ <para>Clicking on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">OK</property>
+ </emphasis> will save the chosen configuration of the facets and return you to
the <link linkend="dyn_web_project">Dynamic Web Project
wizard</link>. Further pages in the
+ wizard are specific to either the project type or the facets selected.</para>
+
+
+ <para>If you need to configure the facets for the existing project, you should
bring up the
+ context menu for selected project and click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Properties</property>
+ </emphasis> and then <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Project Facets</property>.
</emphasis> This will bring up the familiar
+ <link linkend="project_facets">Project Facets wizard</link>,
where you can create
+ your own custom facets configuration.</para>
+
+ <para></para>
+
+ </section>
+ <section id="rel_resources_links">
+ <title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
+
+ <para>More on the WTP facets you can read in the <ulink
url="http://help.eclipse.org/ganymede/index.jsp?topic=/org.eclipse.j...
help</ulink>.</para>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="modules"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/modules.xml">
+ <title>Deploying Modules</title>
+
+ <para>In this chapter it will be described how to deploy modules onto the
server.</para>
+ <para> First of all it is necessary to say that deploying to a server is mostly
painless. There
+ are several ways to do it provided by WTP, and some additional methods provided by
JBoss
+ Tools. These methods are described further in this chapter.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Deploying on the Package Explorer</title>
+
+ <para>On the package explorer it is possible to publish either a project to a
server or just
+ a signal file. Let's look at how to do this.</para>
+ <section id="run_on_server_wizard">
+ <title>Deploying with Run On Server Wizard</title>
+ <para> The first WTP method is to right-click on a project, such as a Dynamic
Web
+ project, EJB project, or EAR project and then select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Run As > Run on
Server</property>
+ </emphasis>. The resulting dialog allows you to select which supporting server
the
+ project can be published to.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Define a New Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/modules/modules_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis> button to see add or remove projects page where you can choose
projects
+ to configure them on server.</para>
+ <figure float="0" id="add_rem_proj">
+ <title>Add or Remove Projects</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/modules/modules_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>This page of the wizard also allows to undeploy modules from the server.
For that
+ choose proper module(s) from the right and click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"> < Remove</property>
+ </emphasis>. The modules will be completely undeployed after restarting your
server
+ or republishing.</para>
+ <para>Generally, for the JBoss AS Server Adapters, publishing using this method
will
+ force a default, best-guess, packaging configuration for your project. This
+ best-guess does not publish incrementally, but instead repackages your entire
+ project into a <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.war</property>
+ </emphasis>, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.jar</property>
+ </emphasis>, or <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.ear</property>
+ </emphasis> as appropriate, and then copies that file into the proper deploy
+ directory. For quicker smarter deployment, you will need to create archives using
+ the <link linkend="Project_archivesView">Project Archives
view</link> and customize
+ packaging yourself.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="single_file_deployment">
+ <?dbhtml filename="DeployToServer.html"?>
+ <title>Deploying single files</title>
+
+ <para>Sometimes it becomes necessary to deploy one or more files to a server.
For
+ that in order not to do a full republish in the context menu of files a
<emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Deploy To
Server</property></emphasis>
+ option is provided that allows a single file deployment. To deploy these non-WTP
files/projects
+ right click on the file (<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">-ds.xml</property></emphasis>,
<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.ear</property></emphasis>,
<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.jar</property></emphasis>
etc.) and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Deploy To Server</property>
+ </emphasis> and it will be automatically deployed.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Deploy to Sever</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/modules/modules_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>The deployed files are listed side-by-side with other modules that are
deployed to
+ the server.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Deployed files on the Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/modules/modules_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>Deploying with JBoss Server View</title>
+ <para>As it has been already mentioned <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> contains two
+ parts: the top part that displays all defined servers and the bottom part which
provides
+ categories with additional information. Thus, in this section we suggest two more
ways
+ to deploy resources onto the server.</para>
+ <section>
+ <title>Top part of JBoss Server View</title>
+ <para>In the top part of the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Servers View</property> like in the Servers
+ View you should right click on a server and select the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add and Remove Projects</property>
+ </emphasis> menu item.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Add and Remove Projects</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/modules/modules_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>This will bring up a <link linkend="add_rem_proj">familiar
dialog</link> allowing
+ you to either publish projects or modules to a server, or remove them from the
+ server. If the selected module is a project like a Dynamic Web project, EJB project,
+ or EAR project, it will be published as through <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Run on Server</property>
+ </emphasis> wizard, with a best-guess full package. If, however, the selected
+ element is an archive from the <link
linkend="Project_archivesView">Project Archives
+ view</link>, it will be published according to the rules of that module
+ type.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Bottom part of JBoss Server View</title>
+ <para>In the bottom part of <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>
+ </emphasis> there is a category called <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Modules</property>
+ </emphasis> which should display all currently-published modules on the
server.
+ Right-clicking on the desired module and selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Full Publish</property>
+ </emphasis> will force a full rebuild of the entire module.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Full Publish</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/modules/modules_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Here, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Incremental Publish</property>
+ </emphasis> is meant to enable publishing of only those parts where changes
have
+ been made.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>Deploying with Project Archives View</title>
+ <para>In the <property moreinfo="none">Project Archives
View</property> you can right-click on any declared
+ archive and select the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Publish To Server</property>
+ </emphasis> element. For more on this subject, see <link
linkend="PublishToServer">Publishing to Server</link> in the Project
Archives View section.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Publish to Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/modules/modules_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para> The only way to ensure an <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Incremental Build</property>
+ </emphasis>, such as changes to one <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.jsp</property>, </emphasis>
+ <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.html</property>, </emphasis>
or <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.class</property>
+ </emphasis> file, is to enable the builder for that project. This is done by
either
+ changing the global preferences for the <property
moreinfo="none">Archives View</property>, or by
+ enabling project-specific preferences and ensuring the builder is on.</para>
+ <para>The last chapter covers a variety of methods on how you can deploy needed
modules onto a
+ server.</para>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="tptp_support"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/tptp_support.xml">
+ <title>TPTP Support</title>
+ <para>This chapter provides an overview on how to enable TPTP Profiling for
<property moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ AS</property> adapters in <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Tools</property>.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>TPTP Profiling</title>
+
+ <para>To get TPTP profiling work on <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Application Server</property> you should
+ first download <ulink
url="http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/download.php?file=/tptp/4.5.0/...
4.5.0 Runtime</ulink> and install it, i. e. just add the content of
<emphasis>
+ <property
moreinfo="none">plugins/features</property>
+ </emphasis> folders from downloaded directory to the same folders in
your eclipse
+ installation directory.</para>
+
+ <para>And now all profile actions should work for you. To start
<property moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ AS</property> in profiling mode use <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Start the server in profiling
mode</property>
+ </emphasis> button or <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Profile As > Profile on
Server</property>
+ </emphasis> option in the context menu of the project.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Start the Server in Profiling mode</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/tptp_support/tptp_support_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>To enable TPTP features in your workbench use <property
moreinfo="none">Profiling and Logging
+ Perspective</property> that you can find in the list of proposed
perspectives: <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window > Open
Perspective > Other…</property>
+ </emphasis>
+ </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Profiling and Logging Perspective</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/tptp_support/tptp_support_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
+ <para>All additional information on TPTP(Test and Performance Tools
Platform) you can find
+ in <ulink
url="http://www.eclipse.org/tptp/home/downloads/4.5.0/documents/quic...
documentation</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>In summary, this reference should help you to start with <ulink
url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossas">JBoss AS</ulink> and get to know
with functionality
+ for work with it.</para>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+</book>
Modified: trunk/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56
UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53
UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@
<pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss,
a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
Version: 2.0.0.GA
-</releaseinfo>
+</diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<title></title>
Modified: trunk/documentation/guides/GettingStartedGuide/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/documentation/guides/GettingStartedGuide/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11
14:34:56 UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/documentation/guides/GettingStartedGuide/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11
16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -26,17 +26,16 @@
<!ENTITY jbossportallink
"../../jboss_portal_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
<!ENTITY migrationlink "../../Exadel-migration/html_single/index.html">
<!ENTITY wslink "../../ws_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
-]>
-<book
xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
+]><book
xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
<bookinfo>
<title>Getting Started with JBoss Developer Studio</title>
<pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss, a
division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo>Version: 2.0.0.GA</releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Version:
2.0.0.GA</diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<title></title>
<para>
@@ -509,8 +508,8 @@
<para>Get Eclipse and Web Tools</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>The current version of JBoss Tools (3.0.0.GA) targets at Eclipse
3.4.2/Ganymede SR2 and WTP
- 3.0.3+</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">The current
version of JBoss Tools (3.0.0.GA) targets at Eclipse 3.4.2/Ganymede SR2 and WTP
+ 3.0.3+</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<tip>
<title>Tip:</title>
@@ -725,9 +724,9 @@
AS</property> from <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Developer Studio</property>.</para>
<para><property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer
Studio</property> ships with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss EAP
v.4.2</property> bundled. When you followed the default installation of
<property moreinfo="none">JBoss
- Developer Studio</property>, you should already have a JBoss EAP 4.3
Server installed and
+ Developer Studio</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">, you should already have a JBoss EAP 4.3 Server
installed and
defined. To run JBoss AS you need JDK 1.5, JDK 6 is not formally supported yet,
although
- you may be able to start the server with it.</para>
+ you may be able to start the server with it.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<section id="JBossbundled">
<?dbhtml filename="JBossbundled.html"?>
@@ -741,9 +740,9 @@
<?dbhtml filename="StartingServer.html"?>
<title>Starting JBoss Server</title>
<para>Starting <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Server</property> is quite simple. <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
- Developer Studio</property> allows you to control its behaviour
with the help of
+ Developer Studio</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> allows you to control its behaviour with the help
of
a special toolbar, where you could start it in a regular or debug mode,
stop it or
- restart it.</para>
+ restart it.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -779,8 +778,8 @@
</figure>
<para>When the server is started you should see <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Started</property>
- </emphasis> in the square brackets right next its name in
<property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server
- View</property>.</para>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
in the square brackets right next its name in </diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss
Server
+ View</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Server is Started</title>
@@ -807,9 +806,9 @@
<title>Stopping JBoss Server</title>
<para>To stop the server, click the <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Stop</property>
- </emphasis> icon in <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Server View</property> or right click the server
+ </emphasis> icon in <property
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss
Server View</diffmk:wrapper></property> or right click the server
name and press <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Stop</property>.
</emphasis></para>
+ <property
moreinfo="none">Stop</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">.
</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Stopping Server</title>
@@ -821,7 +820,7 @@
</figure>
<para>When the server is stopped you will see <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Stopped</property>
- </emphasis> in the square brackets next to its name.</para>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
in the square brackets next to its name.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</section>
<section id="ServerPreferences">
<?dbhtml filename="ServerPreferences.html"?>
@@ -852,14 +851,14 @@
<property moreinfo="none">JBoss EAP 4.2</property>
we do not ultimately tie you to any particular
server for deployment. There are some servers that Studio supports directly
(via the
bundled Eclipse WTP plug-ins). In this section we discuss how to manage
self-installed
- JBoss AS. Suppose you want to deploy the application to <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss 4.2.3
- server</property>. First of all you need to install
it.</para>
+ JBoss AS. Suppose you want to deploy the application to <property
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss
4.2.3
+ server</diffmk:wrapper></property>. First of all you need to
install it.</para>
<section id="JBossInstalling">
<?dbhtml filename="JBossInstalling.html"?>
<title>JBoss AS Installation</title>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para>Download the binary package of <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss 4.2.3</property> and save
+ <para>Download the binary package of <property
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss
4.2.3</diffmk:wrapper></property> and save
it on your computer: <ulink
url="http://labs.jboss.com/jbossas/downloads">http://labs.jb...
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -877,24 +876,24 @@
range.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para>After you have the binary archive you want to install,
use the JDK jar
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">After you have the binary archive you want to
install, use the JDK jar
tool (or any other ZIP extraction tool) to extract the
jboss-4.2.3.GA.zip
archive contents into a location of your choice. The
jboss-4.2.3.GA.tgz
archive is a gzipped tar file that requires a gnutar compatible
tar which
can handle the long pathnames in the archive. The extraction
process will
- create a jboss-4.2.3.GA directory. </para>
+ create a jboss-4.2.3.GA directory.
</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</section>
<section id="AddingJBossServer">
<?dbhtml filename="AddingJBossServer.html"?>
- <title>Adding and Configuring JBoss Server</title>
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Adding
and Configuring JBoss Server</diffmk:wrapper></title>
<para>Now we should add just installed server into server manager in
<property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Developer Studio</property>.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para>Open the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Server View</property> by selecting <emphasis>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Open the </diffmk:wrapper><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">JBoss Server
View</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> by selecting </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Window >
Show View > Other > Server
> JBoss Server View</property>
</emphasis></para>
@@ -906,7 +905,7 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Community
> JBoss 4.2 Server</property>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">JBoss Community > JBoss 4.2
Server</diffmk:wrapper></property>
</emphasis></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -919,21 +918,21 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <note>
- <title>Note:</title>
+ <note diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Note:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
- <para>Now in the <property moreinfo="none">New
Server wizard</property> there is a separation
- between the .org servers (the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Community</property>
- </emphasis> category) and product server that comes bundled
with JBoss EAP (the
- <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Enterprise
Middleware</property></emphasis> category).</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Now
in the </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">New Server
wizard</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> there is a separation
+ between the .org servers (the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss
Community</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> category) and product server that comes bundled with
JBoss EAP (the
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss
Enterprise
Middleware</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> category).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</note>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para>To create a new runtime, which Jboss AS 4.2 matches to,
click <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">To create a new runtime, which Jboss AS 4.2 matches
to, click </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Next</diffmk:wrapper></property>
</emphasis></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -961,8 +960,8 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para>In the next dialog verify the specified information and
if something is
- unfair go back and correct it</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">In
the next dialog verify the specified information and if something is
+ unfair go back and correct
it</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<figure float="0">
@@ -3637,7 +3636,7 @@
-<chapter id="gsg_faq"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/documentation/guides/GettingStartedGuide/en/modules/gsg_faq.xml"
xreflabel="gsg_faq">
+<chapter id="gsg_faq" role="updated"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/documentation/guides/GettingStartedGuide/en/modules/gsg_faq.xml"
xreflabel="gsg_faq">
<?dbhtml filename="gsg_faq.html"?>
<chapterinfo>
<keywordset>
Modified: trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -18,874 +18,874 @@
<!ENTITY strutsreflink
"../../struts_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
<!ENTITY strutstutoriallink
"../../struts_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html">
-]><book
xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
-
- <bookinfo>
- <title>ESB Tools Reference Guide</title>
-
<author><firstname>Svetlana</firstname><surname>Mukhina</surname><email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email></author>
-
<author><firstname>Tatyana</firstname><surname>Romanovich</surname></author>
-
- <pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
- <copyright>
- <year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
- </copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
- Version: 1.1.0.GA
- </releaseinfo>
-
-<abstract>
- <title></title>
- <para>
- <ulink
url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/esb_ref_gu...
version</ulink>
- </para>
-</abstract>
-
-</bookinfo>
- <toc></toc>
-
-
-<chapter id="introduction"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/modules/introduction.xml">
- <?dbhtml filename="introduction.html"?>
-
- <chapterinfo>
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
- <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
- <keyword>Java</keyword>
- <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
- <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
- <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
- <keyword>ESB</keyword>
- </keywordset>
- </chapterinfo>
-
- <title>Introduction</title>
-
- <section>
-
- <title>What is ESB?</title>
-
- <para>ESB (Enterprise Service Bus) - an abstraction layer on top of
implementation of an
- enterprise messaging system that provides the features Service Oriented
- Architectures may be implemented with.</para>
- <para>If you want to develop applications using ESB technology JBoss ESB
also meets your
- needs. The JBoss Tools provide an ESB editor and all necessary wizards for
creating an ESB
- file.</para>
- <para>In this guide we provide you with the information on JBoss ESB
support (installation, configuration and deployment) and usage of ESB Editor which allows
you to
- develop an ESB file much faster and with far fewer errors so sparing your
time.</para>
-
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title>
-
- <para>You can find a set of benefits and other extra information
on:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <ulink
url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb">JBoss
ESB</ulink>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <ulink
url="http://wiki.jboss.org/wiki/JBossESB">JBoss Wiki</ulink>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <ulink
url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb/docs/index.html">JBoss ESB
- Documentation Library</ulink>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>The latest <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Tools/JBoss Developer Studio</property> documentation
- builds are available <ulink
url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/">her...
-
- </section>
-</chapter>
-
-
-<chapter id="esb_support"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/modules/esb_support.xml">
- <?dbhtml filename="esb_support.html"?>
- <chapterinfo>
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
- <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
- <keyword>ESB</keyword>
- <keyword>Java</keyword>
- <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
- </keywordset>
- </chapterinfo>
-
- <title>ESB Support</title>
-
- <para>In this section we will focus on all concepts that <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>
- integrate for working with JBoss ESB.</para>
-
- <section>
- <title>ESB Tools Installation</title>
-
- <para>This chapter will provide you with the information on how to
install
- JBoss ESB plugin into Eclipse.</para>
-
- <para>ESB Tools come as one module of JBoss Tools project. Since
ESB Tools have a
- dependence on other JBoss Tools modules we recommend you to
install a bundle
- of all <ulink
url="http://labs.jboss.com/tools/download/index.html">JBoss
- Tools plug-ins</ulink>. You can find all necessary
installation instructions on JBoss Wiki in the <ulink
url="http://labs.jboss.com/wiki/InstallingJBossTools">Instal...
section.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Creating a ESB Project</title>
- <para>In this chapter we suggest a step-by-step walk-through of
creating a new
- ESB project. Let's try to create a new JBoss ESB
project.</para>
-
- <para>We will show you how to use the ESB Project Creation wizard
for creating a new ESB project and setting basic ESB classpath.</para>
-
- <para>Select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">File
>New > Project...</property>
- </emphasis> in the main menu bar or context menu for
selected project and
- then <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">ESB >
ESB Project</property>
- </emphasis> in the dialog opened:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Select a Wizard dialog</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/01_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para> Clicking <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Next</property>
- </emphasis> brings you to the JBoss ESB Project wizard page
where a project name, ESB version and target JBoss Runtime are to be specified. Specify,
for example, <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">helloworld</property>
- </emphasis> as a Project name and accept the default ESB
version.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>JBoss ESB Project wizard</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/02_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para> Clicking <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Next</property>
- </emphasis> brings you to the ESB facet installation page
where you can
- specify Java Source Directory and ESB Content Directory. ESB
Content Directory is a folder that contains the most of
- artifacts that an ESB archive needs. You also can configure ESB
libraries to the project by selecting a ESB runtime using one of the options:
- </para>
- <para>1. Use <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Server Supplied
ESB Runtime</property>
- </emphasis>
-
- </para>
- <para> 2. Select a ESB runtime from the JBoss ESB runtime
list predefined in the preferences
- </para>
- <para>If you choose the first option, make sure that the
project has the Target JBoss Runtime set and this runtime has a ESB runtime installed.
- </para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Install ESB facet step</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/03_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Click <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
- </emphasis> and a ESB project with the default
<emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">jboss-esb.xml</property></emphasis>
- will be created. </para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>The generated ESB project structure</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/04_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="ESB_project_wizard" xreflabel="here">
- <title>Creating ESB Project using JBoss Tools Project Examples
Wizard</title>
- <para>JBoss Tools provides a Project Example wizard that is an easy
way for users to create some kinds of projects to be used as examples with some predefined
structure. Let's start
- creating a ESB project using this wizard.</para>
-
- <para>Before creating a ESB project example create JBoss Runtime
with name <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">
- JBoss 4.2 Runtime</property></emphasis>, it will be used by
your ESB project example. </para>
-
- <para>Select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">File
>New > Others </property>
- </emphasis> , in the main menu bar or context menu for
selected project and
- then <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools
> Project Examples</property>
- </emphasis> in the New dialog:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Select a wizard - Project Examples</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/05_esb_project_example.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para> Clicking <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Next</property>
- </emphasis> brings you to the wizard page where you can
select a ESB project example from the example list.
- Every ESB example has two projects, one is a ESB project and
another is a Java project used to test the ESB project.</para>
- <para>Here is a list of ready examples available:</para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
-
- <listitem><para><emphasis
role="bold">JBoss ESB HelloWorld Example</emphasis> - demonstrates the
minimal files necessary to make a basic ESB component execute as well as to prove that the
ESB os properly configured.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><emphasis
role="bold">JBoss ESB HelloWorld Action Example</emphasis> -
demonstrates the use of multiple action invocations from a single configuration. You can
use a single Action class and make multiple method calls or use multiple Action classes.
</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><emphasis
role="bold">JBoss ESB HelloWorld File Action Example</emphasis> -
demonstrates using the File gateway feature of the JBoss ESB. Files that are found in a
particular directory with a particular extension are sent to a JMS queue with actions for
processing.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><emphasis
role="bold">JBoss ESB Web Service consumer1 Example</emphasis> -
demonstrates how to consume a 181 Web Service in an ESB
action.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><emphasis
role="bold">JBoss ESB Web Service producer Example</emphasis> -
demonstrates how to deploy a JSR181 Webservice endpoint on JBossESB using the
SOAPProcessor action.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><emphasis
role="bold">JBoss ESB Smooks CSV -> XML Example</emphasis> -
demonstrates how to transform a comma separated value (CSV) file to an
XML.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><emphasis
role="bold">JBoss ESB Smooks XML -> POJO Example</emphasis> -
demonstrates the use of Smooks performing a simpe transformation by converting an XML file
into Java POJOs.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><emphasis
role="bold">JBoss ESB Smooks XML -> XML date-manipulation
Example</emphasis> - demonstrates how to manually define and apply a Message
Transformation within JBoss ESB.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><emphasis
role="bold">JBoss ESB Smooks XML -> XML Example</emphasis> - a
very basic example of how to manually define and apply a Message Transformation within
JBoss ESB. It applies a very simple XSLT to a SampleOrder.xml message and prints the
before and after XML to the console. </para></listitem>
-
- </itemizedlist>
-
-
-
- <para>We will take as our example <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">JBoss ESB HelloWorld Example</property>
</emphasis> ESB and Client project:</para>
-
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>JBoss Tools ESB Project Examples</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/06_esb_project_example.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
-
- <para>Choose them using the Ctrl button and then click
- <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis>. As a result you
will get two projects created:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>JBoss ESB Project Examples: helloworld and
helloworld_testclient</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/07_esb_project_example.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para> Deploy the HelloWorld ESB project and run a test class in
the client Java project to see the test result in the Console view.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Deploying a ESB Project</title>
- <para>In this chapter youwill see how to deploy a ESB project using
the WTP deployment framework.</para>
-
- <para>Before deploying the project, open the JBoss Server View by
selecting <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Show
View > Other >
- Server > JBoss Server View</property></emphasis>,
- create a JBoss Server in the Server view and start it, and then right
click the created JBoss server,
- select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">
</property> Add and Remove Projects</emphasis>,
- and add the ESB projects you want to deploy from the left side to the
right side in the opened dialog. </para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Add and Remove Projects</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/08_esb_project_deploy.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Click <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Finish</property> </emphasis> to add the project
to the server.
- You also can drag the ESB project from the Project View to the
server.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>JBoss Server View</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/09_esb_runtime_new.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Thus, you have just added the ESB project to the JBoss server
module list. Right click the JBoss Server and select <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Publish</property></emphasis> to publish the
project on the server.
- You can check the deploying result in the Console view.</para>
- <para>The <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Run</property></emphasis> and
<emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Debug</property></emphasis> options work on ESB
projects causing a (re)deploy for a user designated server.</para>
- <para>You can also use the "Finger touch" for a quick restart
of the project without restarting the server:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Finger Touch button</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/23_finger_touch.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>The "Finger" touches descriptors dependent on project
(i.e. web.xml for WAR, application.xml for EAR) and now it is also available for
jboss-esb.xml in ESB projects.</para>
- <para>You can also deploy your ESB project as an .esb archive.
Right-click on the project, choose <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Export</property></emphasis>:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Export of ESB project</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/24_export_button.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Choose <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">ESB</property></emphasis> >
<emphasis><property moreinfo="none">ESB
File</property></emphasis> and click <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Next</property></emphasis>:</para>
-
- <figure float="0"><title>Choosing ESB
File</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/25_esb_file.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>And finally export the ESB project to the file system: choose the
destination, choose the target runtime if need a specific one and make the appropriate
settings for the archive. Then click <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis>.</para>
-
- <figure float="0"><title>ESB Export</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/26_esb_export.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Your project is deployed as an .esb archive.</para>
- <para>An ESB archive can be created for ESB projects only. It is also
possible to deploy an .esb archive to a JBoss AS based server with JBoss ESB
installed.</para>
-
-
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Creating a ESB File</title>
- <para>In this chapter we suggest a step-by-step walk-through of
creating your own
- simple file. Let's try to organize a new ESB
file.</para>
-
- <para>We will show you how to use the Creation wizard for creating
a new ESB file.</para>
-
- <para>At first you should open any project. Select
<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">File
>New > Other...</property>
- </emphasis> in the main menu bar or context menu for
selected project and
- then <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">ESB >
ESB File</property>
- </emphasis> in the New dialog:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Select a wizard - ESB File</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_support/01_create_esb.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para> Clicking <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Next</property>
- </emphasis> brings you to the wizard page where a folder, a
name and a version for the file should be specified. Choose, for example,
<emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">jboss-esb.xml</property>
- </emphasis> as the name and accept the selected projects
folder and the default
- version.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Folder, Name and Version for ESB file</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_support/02_create_esb.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Thus, your file will be created in the selected projects
folder by default. If
- you want to change the folder for your future file click
<emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Browse...</property>
- </emphasis> button to set needed folder or simply type
it.</para>
-
- <para>Clicking on <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
- </emphasis> results in the file being generated. The wizard
creates one xml
- file.</para>
-
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Configuring ESB Runtime in Preferences</title>
- <para>In this chapter you will know how to predefine a JBoss ESB
runtime on the Preferences page.</para>
-
- <para>You may already know, there are two ways to set JBoss ESB
runtime when creating a ESB project,
- one is to use the project target JBoss runtime, and another is to select
a JBoss ESB runtime predefined in JBoss Tools preferences.
- Let's configure it.</para>
-
- <para>Select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Window
>Preferences > JBoss Tools > JBoss ESB Runtime</property>
- </emphasis>, to open the JBoss ESB Runtime Preferences page
where you can add, remove and Edit a JBoss ESB runtime.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>JBoss ESB Runtimes</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/10_esb_runtime.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para> Select <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Add</property></emphasis> to open a dialog where
you can specify the JBoss ESB runtime location, name and version number.
- You also can customize the libraries of the runtime by checking
the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Customize JBoss ESB Runtime
jars</property> </emphasis> checkbox. </para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Configure new JBoss ESB Runtime</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/11_esb_runtime_new.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>The new JBoss ESB Runtime will be configured. Click <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">OK</property> </emphasis> to finish
and save the preferences.
- You can use the configuration when creating a JBoss ESB project. </para>
- <para>When a ESB runtime is configured for your ESB project you
are able to change it to any other using the classpath container page for ESB runtime. To
do that, turn to the Package Explorer view and right-click the "JBoss ESB
Runtime" library. Select <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Properties</property></emphasis> and a table
listing all available JBoss ESB runtimes will appear:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Classpath Container Page to change ESB
runtime</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/20_classpath_container.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
-
-
- <para>Choose one of them to set to the ESB project and click
<emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Ok</property></emphasis>.</para>
- <para>ESB container allows Source and JavaDoc locations to be set
via the Properties dialog on each contained .jar: right-click on any .jar file, select
<emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Properties</property></emphasis>. Choose
<emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Java Source
Attachment</property></emphasis> and select location (folder, JAR or zip)
containing new source for the chosen .jar using one of the suggested options (workspace,
external folder or file) or enter the path manually:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Classpath Container: Java Source
Attachment</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/21_source.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Click on <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Apply</property></emphasis> and then on
<emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Ok</property></emphasis>.</para>
- <para>To change Javadoc Location choose <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Javadoc Location</property></emphasis> and
specify URL to the documentation generated by Javadoc. The Javadoc location will contain a
file called <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">package-list</property></emphasis>:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Classpath Container: Javadoc
Location</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/22_Javadoc.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Click on <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Apply</property></emphasis> and then on
<emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Ok</property></emphasis>.</para>
-
- </section>
-
-
- <section id="using_SOA">
- <title>Using and Configuring SOA Platform</title>
-
- <para>In this chapter you will know what is JBoss Enterprise SOA
Platform and how you can configure it to use for your ESB projects. </para>
-
- <para>JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform delivers a flexible,
standards-based platform to integrate applications, SOA services, business events and
automate business processes. The SOA Platform integrates specific versions of JBoss ESB,
jBPM, Drools and the JBoss Enterprise Application Platform that are certified to work
together in a single supported enterprise distribution.</para>
- <para>Having configured JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform for your ESB
project you don't need to install and configure ESB server and runtime as they are
already included.</para>
-
- <para>Check here to find more details on the platform: <ulink
url="http://www.jboss.com/products/platforms/soa">JBoss Enterprise SOA
Platform</ulink> and <ulink
url="http://www.jboss.com/products/platforms/soa/components">... Enterprise
SOA Platform Component Details</ulink>.</para>
- <para>You can find out what is SOA here: <ulink
url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb/resources/SOABasics.html">... of
SOA</ulink> and <ulink
url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb/resources/SOAEOA.html">SOA and
EOA</ulink>.</para>
-
- <para>To configure the JBoss Enterprise SOA platform select
<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Window >
Preferences > Server > Runtime
Enironments</property></emphasis>, that will open the Server Runtime
Environments Preferences page where you can add, remove and edit a Server Runtime
Environment.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Configure new Server Runtime
Environment</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/13NewServerRuntimeEnv.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Select <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Add</property></emphasis>, choose
<emphasis><property moreinfo="none">JBoss 4.2
Runtime</property></emphasis> as a type of runtime environment, check the
<emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Create a new local
server</property></emphasis> checkbox and click <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Next</property></emphasis>:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Type of Server Runtime Environment</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/14typeOfRuntime.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>On the next step you can specify a name of the server runtime
environement and browse to its location. Click <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis> to add the server
runtime environment.</para>
-
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>New Server Runtime Environment
Details</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/15AddNew.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Now you have your SOA platform configured. To check the
configuration create a ESB Project using instructions described <xref
linkend="ESB_project_wizard"></xref>. As a result you will have two
projects created:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Helloworld Projects Created</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/16HelloworldProjects.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Then you will need to add JBoss ESB libraries to your
projects to configure the SOA server runtime exactly for your projects. Right-click on
your project, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Build Path
> Add Libraries</property></emphasis>:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Add Libraries</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/17_Add_new_libraries.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Choose <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">JBoss ESB Libraries</property></emphasis> and
click <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Next</property></emphasis>:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>ESB Libraries</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/18_select_libraries.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Select the necessary runtime to add to the project
classpath:</para>
-
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Select a ESB runtime</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/19_select_runtime.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Click <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis>.</para>
- <para>Now you can deploy your Helloworld project to the server and
run a test class in the client Java project to see the test result in the Console
view.</para>
-
-
-
-</section>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-</chapter>
-
-
-<chapter id="esb_editor"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/modules/esb_editor.xml"
xreflabel="esb_editor">
- <?dbhtml filename="esbEditor.html"?>
- <chapterinfo>
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>JBoss ESB</keyword>
- <keyword>Editor</keyword>
- <keyword>ESB</keyword>
- </keywordset>
- </chapterinfo>
-
- <title>ESB Editor</title>
-
- <para> ESB editor has lots of useful features, they are described in details in
this chapter. In
- addition you'll get to know with how <property
moreinfo="none">ESB Editor</property> uses combined
- visual and source editing of esb files.</para>
-
- <section id="esb_file">
-
- <title>ESB File Editor</title>
- <para><property moreinfo="none">ESB File
Editor</property> is a powerful and customizable tool. ESB File
- Editor allows developing an application using ESB technology.</para>
-
- <para>ESB file editor has two tabs: Tree and Source.</para>
-
- <para>You can switch to Tree. The Tree view for the editor displays all ESB
artifacts in a
- tree format. By selecting any node you can see and edit its properties which
will appear
- in the right-hand area. For example, a Provider:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Tree View</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/01_esb_tree_view.png"
scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>You can easily switch from Tree to Source by selecting the Source tab
at the bottom of
- the editor and work in <property moreinfo="none">Source
view</property>.</para>
-
- <figure float="0" id="sourceView">
- <title>Source View</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/02_esb_source_view.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>The Source view for the editor displays a text content of the ESB
file. It is always
- synchronized with <property moreinfo="none">Tree
view</property>, so any changes made in one of the
- views will immediately appear in the other.</para>
-
- <para>No matter what view you select, you get full integration with
<property moreinfo="none">Outline
- view</property>. For example, you can work in the Source view with the
help of the
- Outline view. The Outline view shows a tree structure of the ESB file. Simply
select any
- element in the <property moreinfo="none">Outline
view</property> and it will jump to the same place in
- the Source editor, so you can navigate through the source code with Outline
view.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Outline View</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/03_esb_outline_view.png"
scale="70"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Adding, editing or deleting of some artifacts operations are
available right in the
- <property moreinfo="none">Tree view</property> .
Right-click any node and select one of the
- available actions in the context menu. For example, you can easily add a new
Provider:</para>
- <para></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding New Provider</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/04_esb_add_provider.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Then you can add Channels and Properties for the Providers the same
way or using the forms with <property
moreinfo="none">Add</property>, <property
moreinfo="none">Edit</property> and
- <property moreinfo="none">Remove</property> buttons to
the right.</para>
-
- <para>You can easily add a new Service too:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding New Service</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/05_esb_add_service.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>The same way you can create a listener for service and other elements
of ESB:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding New Listener for Service</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/06_esb_add_listener.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>The same actions can be done in the right part of <property
moreinfo="none">Tree view</property> tab
- (Form editor) using <property
moreinfo="none">Add</property>, <property
moreinfo="none">Edit</property> and
- <property moreinfo="none">Remove</property>
buttons.</para>
-
-
- <para>In order to add a new generic Action to your ESB XML file you should
select the
- Actions node under the Services, then right-click and choose
<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">New > Generic
Action</property>. </emphasis></para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding New Action in the Tree View</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/11_esb_editor.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Or instead make use of <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Add...</property>
- </emphasis> button in the <property
moreinfo="none">Form editor</property> on the left.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding New Action in the Form Editor</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/12_esb_editor.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>As you can see on the bath figures above, the context menu will also
prompt you to
- insert one of the Actions that are supplied out-of-the-box with <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss
- ESB</property>. After choosing one an appeared <property
moreinfo="none">New Action wizard</property>
- will ask you to fill out a name field and other fields specific for each
Action
- property. For example, for <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Content Based
Router</property>
- </emphasis> Action the wizard looks as follows:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>New Action Wizard</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/13_esb_editor.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>After confirming creating the Action you can see it in the Tree under
the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Actions</property>
- </emphasis> node and preview as well as edit its settings in the
<property moreinfo="none">Form
- editor</property> on the left.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Form Editor for Content Based Router</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/14_esb_editor.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para><property moreinfo="none">ESB editor</property>
can recognize some specific objects. On the figure you
- can see
<emphasis>org.jboss.soa.esb.actions.ContentBasedRouter</emphasis> in the
<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Class</property>
- </emphasis> section.</para>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="esb_editors_features">
-
- <title>ESB Editors Features</title>
- <para>JBoss ESB tooling has powerful editor features that help you easily
make use of
- content and code assist.</para>
- <para>This last chapter covers capabilities on how you can use ESB
editor.</para>
-
- <section id="ESBsyntaxvalidation84">
-
- <title>ESB syntax validation</title>
- <para>When working in <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
ESB editor</property> you are constantly provided
- with feedback and contextual error checking as you type. In the Source
viewer, if at
- any point a tag is incorrect or incomplete, an error will be indicated
next to the
- line and also in the <property moreinfo="none">Problems
view</property> below.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="ESBSupportXMLSchema">
- <title>Support for XML Schema</title>
-
- <para>JBoss ESB Framework fully <link
linkend="sourceView">supports XML files based on
- schemas as well as DTDs</link>.</para>
- <note><title>Note:</title>
- <para>The schema used behind ESB editor now uses the latest version
available (from SOA-P 4.3). This removes the errors/warnings some users have reported
seeing when using SOA-P specific esb.xml files.</para> </note>
-
- </section>
-
- <!--<section id="OpenOnSelection">
-
- <title>OpenOn</title>
-
- <para><property>OpenOn</property> let's you easily
navigate through your
- project without using the Package Explorer view (project tree). With
OpenOn, you can
- simply click on a reference to another file and that file will be
opened.</para>
-
- <para>OpenOn is available for the XML files </para>
-
- <para>Press and hold down the Ctrl key. As you move the mouse
cursor over different
- file references in the file, they display an underline. When you have
the mouse
- cursor over the name of the file you want to open, click and the file
will open
- in its own editor. In this example the managed bean NameBean will
open.</para>
-
- </section>
- -->
-
- <section id="ESBContentAssist">
-
- <title>Content Assist for ESB XML file</title>
-
- <para>When you work with any ESB XML file <property
moreinfo="none">Content Assist</property> is
- available to help you. It provides pop-up tip to help you complete your
code
- statements. It allows you to write your code faster and with more
accuracy. Content
- assist is always available in the Source mode. Simply type
<emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Ctrl-Space</property>
- </emphasis> to see what is available.</para>
-
- <para>Content Assist for ESB XML file:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Content Assist for ESB XML file</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/08_esb_features.png"
scale="80"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Content Assist for attributes:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Content Assist for attributes:</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/09_esb_features.png"
scale="80"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <!-- </section>
-
- <section id="ContentAssistWithinTreeEditor">
-
- <title>Content Assist within Tree ESB Editor</title>
-
- <para>JBoss Developer Studio also provides Content Assist
when working within the Tree ESB editor.
- Just click
<emphasis><property>Ctrl-Space</property>.</emphasis></para>
- <figure>
- <title>Content Assist in Tree ESB Editor</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
-
fileref="images/esb_file/09_editors_features.png" scale="85"/>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- </section> -->
- </section>
-
- <section
id="FullControlOverSourceFiles-SynchronizedSourcAndVisualEditing">
-
- <title>Synchronized Source and Visual Editing</title>
-
- <para>ESB file can be edited in either source or extra visual modes at
the same time.</para>
-
- <para>JBoss Tools provide you two different editors to speed your
development: a
- graphical view (<property
moreinfo="none">Tree</property>) and source (<property
moreinfo="none">Source</property>).
- At the same time, you always have full control over esb source file. Any
changes you
- make in the source view will immediately appear in the tree view. Both
views are
- synchronized, you can edit the file in any view.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Two Views are Synchronized</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/10_esb_features.png"
scale="70"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>In summary, this reference supplies you with all necessary
information on the
- functionality that JBoss ESB Editor provides for work with JBoss
ESB.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
-</chapter>
-
-
-</book>
+]><book
xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
+
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>ESB Tools Reference Guide</title>
+
<author><firstname>Svetlana</firstname><surname>Mukhina</surname><email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email></author>
+
<author><firstname>Tatyana</firstname><surname>Romanovich</surname></author>
+
+ <pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2007</year>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss,
a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
+ Version: 1.1.0.GA
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
+
+<abstract>
+ <title></title>
+ <para>
+ <ulink
url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/esb_ref_gu...
version</ulink>
+ </para>
+</abstract>
+
+</bookinfo>
+ <toc></toc>
+
+
+<chapter id="introduction"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/modules/introduction.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="introduction.html"?>
+
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ <keyword>ESB</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+
+ <section>
+
+ <title>What is ESB?</title>
+
+ <para>ESB (Enterprise Service Bus) - an abstraction layer on top of
implementation of an
+ enterprise messaging system that provides the features Service Oriented
+ Architectures may be implemented with.</para>
+ <para>If you want to develop applications using ESB technology JBoss ESB
also meets your
+ needs. The JBoss Tools provide an ESB editor and all necessary wizards for
creating an ESB
+ file.</para>
+ <para>In this guide we provide you with the information on JBoss ESB
support (installation, configuration and deployment) and usage of ESB Editor which allows
you to
+ develop an ESB file much faster and with far fewer errors so sparing your
time.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title>
+
+ <para>You can find a set of benefits and other extra information
on:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <ulink
url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb">JBoss
ESB</ulink>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <ulink
url="http://wiki.jboss.org/wiki/JBossESB">JBoss Wiki</ulink>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <ulink
url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb/docs/index.html">JBoss ESB
+ Documentation Library</ulink>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>The latest <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Tools/JBoss Developer Studio</property> documentation
+ builds are available <ulink
url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/">her...
+
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="esb_support" role="updated"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/modules/esb_support.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="esb_support.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>ESB</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>ESB Support</title>
+
+ <para>In this section we will focus on all concepts that <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>
+ integrate for working with JBoss ESB.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>ESB Tools Installation</title>
+
+ <para>This chapter will provide you with the information on how to
install
+ JBoss ESB plugin into Eclipse.</para>
+
+ <para>ESB Tools come as one module of JBoss Tools project. Since
ESB Tools have a
+ dependence on other JBoss Tools modules we recommend you to
install a bundle
+ of all <ulink
url="http://labs.jboss.com/tools/download/index.html">JBoss
+ Tools plug-ins</ulink>. You can find all necessary
installation instructions on JBoss Wiki in the <ulink
url="http://labs.jboss.com/wiki/InstallingJBossTools">Instal...
section.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Creating a ESB Project</title>
+ <para>In this chapter we suggest a step-by-step walk-through of
creating a new
+ ESB project. Let's try to create a new JBoss ESB
project.</para>
+
+ <para>We will show you how to use the ESB Project Creation wizard
for creating a new ESB project and setting basic ESB classpath.</para>
+
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File
>New > Project...</property>
+ </emphasis> in the main menu bar or context menu for
selected project and
+ then <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">ESB >
ESB Project</property>
+ </emphasis> in the dialog opened:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Select a Wizard dialog</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/01_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para> Clicking <emphasis>
+ <property
moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis> brings you to the JBoss ESB Project wizard page
where a project name, ESB version and target JBoss Runtime are to be specified. Specify,
for example, <emphasis>
+ <property
moreinfo="none">helloworld</property>
+ </emphasis> as a Project name and accept the default ESB
version.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JBoss ESB Project wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/02_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para> Clicking <emphasis>
+ <property
moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> brings you to the ESB facet installation page where
you can
+ specify Java Source Directory and ESB Content Directory. ESB
Content Directory is a folder that contains the most of
+ artifacts that an ESB archive needs. You also can configure ESB
libraries to the project by selecting a ESB runtime using one of the options:
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para>1. Use <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Server Supplied
ESB Runtime</property>
+ </emphasis>
+
+ </para>
+ <para> 2. Select a ESB runtime from the JBoss ESB runtime
list predefined in the preferences
+ </para>
+ <para>If you choose the first option, make sure that the
project has the Target JBoss Runtime set and this runtime has a ESB runtime installed.
+ </para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Install ESB facet step</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/03_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Click <emphasis>
+ <property
moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> and a ESB project with the default
<emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">jboss-esb.xml</property></emphasis>
+ will be created. </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The generated ESB project structure</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/04_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="ESB_project_wizard" xreflabel="here">
+ <title>Creating ESB Project using JBoss Tools Project Examples
Wizard</title>
+ <para>JBoss Tools provides a Project Example wizard that is an easy
way for users to create some kinds of projects to be used as examples with some predefined
structure. Let's start
+ creating a ESB project using this wizard.</para>
+
+ <para>Before creating a ESB project example create JBoss Runtime
with name <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">
+ JBoss 4.2 Runtime</property></emphasis>, it will be used by
your ESB project example. </para>
+
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File
>New > Others </property>
+ </emphasis> , in the main menu bar or context menu for
selected project and
+ then <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools
> Project Examples</property>
+ </emphasis> in the New dialog:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Select a wizard - Project Examples</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/05_esb_project_example.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para> Clicking <emphasis>
+ <property
moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> brings you to the wizard page where you can select a
ESB project example from the example list.
+ Every ESB example has two projects, one is a ESB project and
another is a Java project used to test the ESB
project.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Here is a list of ready examples
available:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para
diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added"
role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss ESB
HelloWorld Example</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> - demonstrates the minimal files necessary to make a
basic ESB component execute as well as to prove that the ESB os properly
configured.</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para
diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added"
role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss ESB
HelloWorld Action Example</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> - demonstrates the use of multiple action invocations
from a single configuration. You can use a single Action class and make multiple method
calls or use multiple Action classes.
</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para
diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added"
role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss ESB
HelloWorld File Action Example</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> - demonstrates using the File gateway feature of the
JBoss ESB. Files that are found in a particular directory with a particular extension are
sent to a JMS queue with actions for
processing.</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para
diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added"
role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss ESB
Web Service consumer1 Example</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> - demonstrates how to consume a 181 Web Service in an
ESB action.</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para
diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added"
role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss ESB
Web Service producer Example</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> - demonstrates how to deploy a JSR181 Webservice
endpoint on JBossESB using the SOAPProcessor
action.</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para
diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added"
role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss ESB
Smooks CSV -> XML Example</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> - demonstrates how to transform a comma separated
value (CSV) file to an XML.</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para
diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added"
role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss ESB
Smooks XML -> POJO
Example</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> - demonstrates the use of Smooks performing a simpe
transformation by converting an XML file into Java
POJOs.</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para
diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added"
role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss ESB
Smooks XML -> XML date-manipulation
Example</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> - demonstrates how to manually define and apply a
Message Transformation within JBoss
ESB.</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para
diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added"
role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss ESB
Smooks XML -> XML Example</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> - a very basic example of how to manually define and
apply a Message Transformation within JBoss ESB. It applies a very simple XSLT to a
SampleOrder.xml message and prints the before and after XML to the console.
</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">We will take as our example
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">JBoss ESB HelloWorld
Example</diffmk:wrapper></property> </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> ESB and Client
project:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title>JBoss Tools ESB Project Examples</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/06_esb_project_example.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Choose
them using the Ctrl button and then click
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">. As a result you will get two projects
created:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JBoss ESB Project Examples: helloworld and
helloworld_testclient</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/07_esb_project_example.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para> Deploy the HelloWorld ESB project and run a test class in
the client Java project to see the test result in the Console view.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Deploying a ESB Project</title>
+ <para>In this chapter youwill see how to deploy a ESB project using
the WTP deployment framework.</para>
+
+ <para>Before deploying the project, open the JBoss Server View by
selecting <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Show
View > Other >
+ Server > JBoss Server View</property></emphasis>,
+ create a JBoss Server in the Server view and start it, and then right
click the created JBoss server,
+ select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">
</property> Add and Remove Projects</emphasis>,
+ and add the ESB projects you want to deploy from the left side to the
right side in the opened dialog. </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Add and Remove Projects</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/08_esb_project_deploy.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Click <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Finish</property> </emphasis> to add the project
to the server.
+ You also can drag the ESB project from the Project View to the
server.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JBoss Server View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/09_esb_runtime_new.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Thus, you have just added the ESB project to the JBoss server
module list. Right click the JBoss Server and select <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Publish</property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> to publish the project on the server.
+ You can check the deploying result in the Console
view.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">The </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Run</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> and </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Debug</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> options work on ESB projects causing a (re)deploy for
a user designated server.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">You can also use the "Finger touch" for a
quick restart of the project without restarting the
server:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Finger Touch
button</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/esb_project/23_finger_touch.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">The "Finger" touches descriptors dependent on
project (i.e. web.xml for WAR, application.xml for EAR) and now it is also available for
jboss-esb.xml in ESB projects.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">You can also deploy your ESB project as an .esb
archive. Right-click on the project, choose </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Export</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Export of ESB
project</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/esb_project/24_export_button.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Choose </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">ESB</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> > </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">ESB
File</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> and click </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Next</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0"><title
diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Choosing ESB File</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/esb_project/25_esb_file.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">And finally export the ESB project to the file system:
choose the destination, choose the target runtime if need a specific one and make the
appropriate settings for the archive. Then click </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Finish</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0"><title
diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">ESB Export</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/esb_project/26_esb_export.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Your project is deployed as an .esb
archive.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">An ESB archive can be created for ESB projects only. It
is also possible to deploy an .esb archive to a JBoss AS based server with JBoss ESB
installed.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Creating a ESB File</title>
+ <para>In this chapter we suggest a step-by-step walk-through of
creating your own
+ simple file. Let's try to organize a new ESB
file.</para>
+
+ <para>We will show you how to use the Creation wizard for creating
a new ESB file.</para>
+
+ <para>At first you should open any project. Select
<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File
>New > Other...</property>
+ </emphasis> in the main menu bar or context menu for
selected project and
+ then <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">ESB >
ESB File</property>
+ </emphasis> in the New dialog:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Select a wizard - ESB File</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_support/01_create_esb.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para> Clicking <emphasis>
+ <property
moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis> brings you to the wizard page where a folder, a
name and a version for the file should be specified. Choose, for example,
<emphasis>
+ <property
moreinfo="none">jboss-esb.xml</property>
+ </emphasis> as the name and accept the selected projects
folder and the default
+ version.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Folder, Name and Version for ESB file</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_support/02_create_esb.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Thus, your file will be created in the selected projects
folder by default. If
+ you want to change the folder for your future file click
<emphasis>
+ <property
moreinfo="none">Browse...</property>
+ </emphasis> button to set needed folder or simply type
it.</para>
+
+ <para>Clicking on <emphasis>
+ <property
moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> results in the file being generated. The wizard
creates one xml
+ file.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section role="updated">
+ <title>Configuring ESB Runtime in Preferences</title>
+ <para>In this chapter you will know how to predefine a JBoss ESB
runtime on the Preferences page.</para>
+
+ <para>You may already know, there are two ways to set JBoss ESB
runtime when creating a ESB project,
+ one is to use the project target JBoss runtime, and another is to select
a JBoss ESB runtime predefined in JBoss Tools preferences.
+ Let's configure it.</para>
+
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window
>Preferences > JBoss Tools > JBoss ESB Runtime</property>
+ </emphasis>, to open the JBoss ESB Runtime Preferences page
where you can add, remove and Edit a JBoss ESB runtime.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JBoss ESB Runtimes</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/10_esb_runtime.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para> Select <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Add</property></emphasis> to open a dialog where
you can specify the JBoss ESB runtime location, name and version number.
+ You also can customize the libraries of the runtime by checking
the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Customize JBoss ESB Runtime
jars</property> </emphasis> checkbox. </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Configure new JBoss ESB Runtime</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/11_esb_runtime_new.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The new JBoss ESB Runtime will be configured. Click <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">OK</property> </emphasis> to finish
and save the preferences.
+ You can use the configuration when creating a JBoss ESB project. </para>
+ <para>When a ESB runtime is configured for your ESB project you
are able to change it to any other using the classpath container page for ESB runtime. To
do that, turn to the Package Explorer view and right-click the "JBoss ESB
Runtime" library. Select <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Properties</property></emphasis> and a table
listing all available JBoss ESB runtimes will appear:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Classpath Container Page to change ESB
runtime</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/20_classpath_container.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+
+ <para>Choose one of them to set to the ESB project and click
<emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Ok</property></emphasis>.</para>
+ <para>ESB container allows Source and JavaDoc locations to be set
via the Properties dialog on each contained .jar: right-click on any .jar file, select
<emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Properties</property></emphasis>. Choose
<emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Java Source
Attachment</property></emphasis> and select location (folder, JAR or zip)
containing new source for the chosen .jar using one of the suggested options (workspace,
external folder or file) or enter the path manually:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Classpath Container: Java Source
Attachment</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/21_source.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Click on <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Apply</property></emphasis> and then on
<emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Ok</property></emphasis>.</para>
+ <para>To change Javadoc Location choose <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Javadoc Location</property></emphasis> and
specify URL to the documentation generated by Javadoc. The Javadoc location will contain a
file called <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">package-list</property></emphasis>:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Classpath Container: Javadoc
Location</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/22_Javadoc.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Click on <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Apply</property></emphasis> and then on
<emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Ok</property></emphasis>.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+
+ <section id="using_SOA">
+ <title>Using and Configuring SOA Platform</title>
+
+ <para>In this chapter you will know what is JBoss Enterprise SOA
Platform and how you can configure it to use for your ESB projects. </para>
+
+ <para>JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform delivers a flexible,
standards-based platform to integrate applications, SOA services, business events and
automate business processes. The SOA Platform integrates specific versions of JBoss ESB,
jBPM, Drools and the JBoss Enterprise Application Platform that are certified to work
together in a single supported enterprise distribution.</para>
+ <para>Having configured JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform for your ESB
project you don't need to install and configure ESB server and runtime as they are
already included.</para>
+
+ <para>Check here to find more details on the platform: <ulink
url="http://www.jboss.com/products/platforms/soa">JBoss Enterprise SOA
Platform</ulink> and <ulink
url="http://www.jboss.com/products/platforms/soa/components">... Enterprise
SOA Platform Component Details</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>You can find out what is SOA here: <ulink
url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb/resources/SOABasics.html">... of
SOA</ulink> and <ulink
url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb/resources/SOAEOA.html">SOA and
EOA</ulink>.</para>
+
+ <para>To configure the JBoss Enterprise SOA platform select
<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window >
Preferences > Server > Runtime
Enironments</property></emphasis>, that will open the Server Runtime
Environments Preferences page where you can add, remove and edit a Server Runtime
Environment.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Configure new Server Runtime
Environment</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/13NewServerRuntimeEnv.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Select <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Add</property></emphasis>, choose
<emphasis><property moreinfo="none">JBoss 4.2
Runtime</property></emphasis> as a type of runtime environment, check the
<emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Create a new local
server</property></emphasis> checkbox and click <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Next</property></emphasis>:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Type of Server Runtime Environment</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/14typeOfRuntime.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>On the next step you can specify a name of the server runtime
environement and browse to its location. Click <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis> to add the server
runtime environment.</para>
+
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Server Runtime Environment
Details</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/15AddNew.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Now you have your SOA platform configured. To check the
configuration create a ESB Project using instructions described <xref
linkend="ESB_project_wizard"></xref>. As a result you will have two
projects created:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Helloworld Projects Created</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/16HelloworldProjects.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Then you will need to add JBoss ESB libraries to your
projects to configure the SOA server runtime exactly for your projects. Right-click on
your project, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Build Path
> Add Libraries</property></emphasis>:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Add Libraries</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/17_Add_new_libraries.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Choose <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">JBoss ESB Libraries</property></emphasis> and
click <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Next</property></emphasis>:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>ESB Libraries</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/18_select_libraries.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Select the necessary runtime to add to the project
classpath:</para>
+
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Select a ESB runtime</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_project/19_select_runtime.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Click <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis>.</para>
+ <para>Now you can deploy your Helloworld project to the server and
run a test class in the client Java project to see the test result in the Console
view.</para>
+
+
+
+</section>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="esb_editor" role="updated"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/modules/esb_editor.xml"
xreflabel="esb_editor">
+ <?dbhtml filename="esbEditor.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss ESB</keyword>
+ <keyword>Editor</keyword>
+ <keyword>ESB</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>ESB Editor</title>
+
+ <para> ESB editor has lots of useful features, they are described in details in
this chapter. In
+ addition you'll get to know with how <property
moreinfo="none">ESB Editor</property> uses combined
+ visual and source editing of esb files.</para>
+
+ <section id="esb_file" role="updated">
+
+ <title>ESB File Editor</title>
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">ESB File
Editor</property> is a powerful and customizable tool. ESB File
+ Editor allows developing an application using ESB technology.</para>
+
+ <para>ESB file editor has two tabs: Tree and Source.</para>
+
+ <para>You can switch to Tree. The Tree view for the editor displays all ESB
artifacts in a
+ tree format. By selecting any node you can see and edit its properties which
will appear
+ in the right-hand area. For example, a Provider:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Tree View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/01_esb_tree_view.png"
scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You can easily switch from Tree to Source by selecting the Source tab
at the bottom of
+ the editor and work in <property moreinfo="none">Source
view</property>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0" id="sourceView">
+ <title>Source View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/02_esb_source_view.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The Source view for the editor displays a text content of the ESB
file. It is always
+ synchronized with <property moreinfo="none">Tree
view</property>, so any changes made in one of the
+ views will immediately appear in the other.</para>
+
+ <para>No matter what view you select, you get full integration with
<property moreinfo="none">Outline
+ view</property>. For example, you can work in the Source view with the
help of the
+ Outline view. The Outline view shows a tree structure of the ESB file. Simply
select any
+ element in the <property moreinfo="none">Outline
view</property> and it will jump to the same place in
+ the Source editor, so you can navigate through the source code with Outline
view.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Outline View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/03_esb_outline_view.png"
scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Adding, editing or deleting of some artifacts operations are
available right in the
+ <property moreinfo="none">Tree view</property> .
Right-click any node and select one of the
+ available actions in the context menu. For example, you can easily add a new
Provider:</para>
+ <para></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding New Provider</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/04_esb_add_provider.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Then you can add Channels and Properties for the
Providers the same way or using the forms with </diffmk:wrapper><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Add</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">, </diffmk:wrapper><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Edit</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> and
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Remove</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> buttons to the
right.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para>You can easily add a new Service too:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding New Service</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/05_esb_add_service.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The same way you can create a listener for service and other elements
of ESB:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding New Listener for Service</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/06_esb_add_listener.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>The same actions can be done in the right part of <property
moreinfo="none">Tree view</property> tab
+ (Form editor) using <property
moreinfo="none">Add</property>, <property
moreinfo="none">Edit</property> and
+ <property moreinfo="none">Remove</property>
buttons.</para>
+
+
+ <para>In order to add a new generic Action to your ESB XML file you should
select the
+ Actions node under the Services, then right-click and choose
<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New > Generic
Action</property>. </emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding New Action in the Tree View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/11_esb_editor.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Or instead make use of <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add...</property>
+ </emphasis> button in the <property
moreinfo="none">Form editor</property> on the left.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding New Action in the Form Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/12_esb_editor.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>As you can see on the bath figures above, the context menu will also
prompt you to
+ insert one of the Actions that are supplied out-of-the-box with <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ ESB</property>. After choosing one an appeared <property
moreinfo="none">New Action wizard</property>
+ will ask you to fill out a name field and other fields specific for each
Action
+ property. For example, for <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Content Based
Router</property>
+ </emphasis> Action the wizard looks as follows:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Action Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/13_esb_editor.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>After confirming creating the Action you can see it in the Tree under
the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Actions</property>
+ </emphasis> node and preview as well as edit its settings in the
<property moreinfo="none">Form
+ editor</property> on the left.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Form Editor for Content Based Router</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/14_esb_editor.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">ESB editor</property>
can recognize some specific objects. On the figure you
+ can see
<emphasis>org.jboss.soa.esb.actions.ContentBasedRouter</emphasis> in the
<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Class</property>
+ </emphasis> section.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="esb_editors_features">
+
+ <title>ESB Editors Features</title>
+ <para>JBoss ESB tooling has powerful editor features that help you easily
make use of
+ content and code assist.</para>
+ <para>This last chapter covers capabilities on how you can use ESB
editor.</para>
+
+ <section id="ESBsyntaxvalidation84">
+
+ <title>ESB syntax validation</title>
+ <para>When working in <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
ESB editor</property> you are constantly provided
+ with feedback and contextual error checking as you type. In the Source
viewer, if at
+ any point a tag is incorrect or incomplete, an error will be indicated
next to the
+ line and also in the <property moreinfo="none">Problems
view</property> below.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="ESBSupportXMLSchema">
+ <title>Support for XML Schema</title>
+
+ <para>JBoss ESB Framework fully <link
linkend="sourceView"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">supports XML files based on
+ schemas as well as DTDs</diffmk:wrapper></link>.</para>
+ <note diffmk:change="added"><title
diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Note:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">The schema used behind ESB editor now uses the latest
version available (from SOA-P 4.3). This removes the errors/warnings some users have
reported seeing when using SOA-P specific esb.xml
files.</diffmk:wrapper></para> </note>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <!--<section id="OpenOnSelection">
+
+ <title>OpenOn</title>
+
+ <para><property>OpenOn</property> let's you easily
navigate through your
+ project without using the Package Explorer view (project tree). With
OpenOn, you can
+ simply click on a reference to another file and that file will be
opened.</para>
+
+ <para>OpenOn is available for the XML files </para>
+
+ <para>Press and hold down the Ctrl key. As you move the mouse
cursor over different
+ file references in the file, they display an underline. When you have
the mouse
+ cursor over the name of the file you want to open, click and the file
will open
+ in its own editor. In this example the managed bean NameBean will
open.</para>
+
+ </section>
+ -->
+
+ <section id="ESBContentAssist">
+
+ <title>Content Assist for ESB XML file</title>
+
+ <para>When you work with any ESB XML file <property
moreinfo="none">Content Assist</property> is
+ available to help you. It provides pop-up tip to help you complete your
code
+ statements. It allows you to write your code faster and with more
accuracy. Content
+ assist is always available in the Source mode. Simply type
<emphasis>
+ <property
moreinfo="none">Ctrl-Space</property>
+ </emphasis> to see what is available.</para>
+
+ <para>Content Assist for ESB XML file:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Content Assist for ESB XML file</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/08_esb_features.png"
scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Content Assist for attributes:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Content Assist for attributes:</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/09_esb_features.png"
scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <!-- </section>
+
+ <section id="ContentAssistWithinTreeEditor">
+
+ <title>Content Assist within Tree ESB Editor</title>
+
+ <para>JBoss Developer Studio also provides Content Assist
when working within the Tree ESB editor.
+ Just click
<emphasis><property>Ctrl-Space</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <figure>
+ <title>Content Assist in Tree ESB Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
+
fileref="images/esb_file/09_editors_features.png" scale="85"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section> -->
+ </section>
+
+ <section
id="FullControlOverSourceFiles-SynchronizedSourcAndVisualEditing">
+
+ <title>Synchronized Source and Visual Editing</title>
+
+ <para>ESB file can be edited in either source or extra visual modes at
the same time.</para>
+
+ <para>JBoss Tools provide you two different editors to speed your
development: a
+ graphical view (<property
moreinfo="none">Tree</property>) and source (<property
moreinfo="none">Source</property>).
+ At the same time, you always have full control over esb source file. Any
changes you
+ make in the source view will immediately appear in the tree view. Both
views are
+ synchronized, you can edit the file in any view.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Two Views are Synchronized</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
fileref="images/esb_editor/10_esb_features.png"
scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>In summary, this reference supplies you with all necessary
information on the
+ functionality that JBoss ESB Editor provides for work with JBoss
ESB.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+</book>
Modified: trunk/hibernatetools/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/hibernatetools/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev
14170)
+++ trunk/hibernatetools/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev
14171)
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@
<pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss, a
division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
Version: 3.2.4.GA
- </releaseinfo>
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<mediaobject>
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@
</chapter>
-<chapter id="plugins"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/hibernatetools/docs/reference/en/modules/plugins.xml">
+<chapter id="plugins" role="updated"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/hibernatetools/docs/reference/en/modules/plugins.xml">
<title>Eclipse Plugins</title>
<para>This chapter will introduce you to the functionality that <property
moreinfo="none">Hibernate
@@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@
</figure>
</section>
- <section id="refeng_codegen" >
+ <section id="refeng_codegen" role="updated">
<title>Reverse Engineering and Code Generation</title>
<para>A "click-and-generate" reverse engineering and code generation
facility
@@ -1239,20 +1239,20 @@
</entry>
</row>
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Detect one-to-one associations</para>
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Detect one-to-one
associations</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</entry>
- <entry>
- <para>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">
Reverse engineering detects one-to-one associations via primary key and
both hbm.xml and annotation generation generates the proper code for it.
- </para>
- <para>
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">
The detection is enabled by default (except for Seam 1.2 and Seam 2.0)
reverse engineering.
For Hibernate Tools generation there is a checkbox to disable if not
wanted.
- </para>
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para>
</entry>
</row>
@@ -2326,8 +2326,8 @@
<note>
<title>Note:</title>
- <para>Please note, if you choose Hibernate as a platform and leave the Target
Runtime
- with <none>, the wizard does not require you to have a <link
linkend="console_conf">Hibernate Console Configuration</link>. A
Hibernate Console Configuration is created when the wizard finishes its
work.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Please note, if
you choose Hibernate as a platform and leave the Target Runtime
+ with <none>, the wizard does not require you to have a
</diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="console_conf">Hibernate Console
Configuration</link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">. A
Hibernate Console Configuration is created when the wizard finishes its
work.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</note>
</section>
</chapter>
Modified: trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -55,10 +55,10 @@
<pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss,
a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo> Version: 3.1.5.GA</releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
Version: 3.1.5.GA</diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<title></title>
@@ -487,10 +487,10 @@
<title>The views</title>
<para>Here, it will be explained how to work with views and editors provided by
JBDS.</para>
- <para>The views are used for representation and navigation the resources you
are working on at
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">The views are
used for representation and navigation the resources you are working on at
the moment. One of the advantages of all the views is that all modifications made
in the
current active file are immediately displayed in them. Let’s get acquainted more
closely
- with those that the <property moreinfo="none">jPDL
perspective</property> provides. </para>
+ with those that the </diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none">jPDL perspective</property> provides. </para>
<figure float="0">
<title>The jPDL Perspective Views and Editors</title>
@@ -525,8 +525,8 @@
<section id="the_overview">
<?dbhtml filename="the_outline_view.html"?>
<title>The Overview</title>
- <para>The main advantage of this view is that it gives visual
representation of the whole
- current developing process. Besides, the <emphasis>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">The main
advantage of this view is that it gives visual representation of the whole
+ current developing process. Besides, the
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Overview</property>
</emphasis> comes as a scrollable thumbnail which enables a better
navigation of the
process structure if it's too large.</para>
Modified: trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev
14170)
+++ trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev
14171)
@@ -36,12 +36,12 @@
<pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss,
a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
Version: 3.0.0.GA
- </releaseinfo>
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<title></title>
@@ -902,7 +902,7 @@
</section>
</chapter>
-<chapter id="jsf_config_file"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/modules/jsf_config_file.xml">
+<chapter id="jsf_config_file" role="updated"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/modules/jsf_config_file.xml">
<?dbhtml filename="jsf_config_file.html"?>
<chapterinfo>
<keywordset>
@@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
</section>
- <section id="TreeView11123" >
+ <section id="TreeView11123" role="updated">
<title>Tree View</title>
Modified: trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev
14170)
+++ trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev
14171)
@@ -35,13 +35,13 @@
<pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss,
a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
Version: 3.0.0.GA
- </releaseinfo>
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<abstract>
Modified: trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -31,12 +31,12 @@
<pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss,
a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
Version: 2.0.0.GA
- </releaseinfo>
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<title></title>
<para>
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
components in any web application. Support for RichFaces and Ajax4jsf libraries in
JBoss
Tools Palette. Rendering RichFaces components in Visual Page
Editor.</entry>
<entry>
- <link linkend="RichFacesSupport"> RichFaces support</link>
+ <link linkend="RichFacesSupport">RichFaces support</link>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@
</chapter>
-<chapter id="jbds_editors"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/modules/editors.xml"
xreflabel="jbds_editors">
+<chapter id="jbds_editors" role="updated"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/modules/editors.xml"
xreflabel="jbds_editors">
<?dbhtml filename="editors.html"?>
<chapterinfo>
<keywordset>
@@ -424,9 +424,9 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>Notice, that code completion for EL variables has icons
illustrating what they are
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Notice,
that code completion for EL variables has icons illustrating what they are
from. Currently it's performed for resource bundles, JSF and Seam
- components.</para>
+ components.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>JSF Content Assist</title>
@@ -446,8 +446,8 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>Also, as you can see, the ranking and sorting are available in EL
code
- completions.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Also, as
you can see, the ranking and sorting are available in EL code
+ completions.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<section id="JSFProjectFiles3087">
@@ -568,13 +568,13 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>Code Assist can also provide you with access to the beans
located in jar archives.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Code Assist can also provide you with access to the
beans located in jar archives.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Code Assist: accessing beans in jar
archives</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_14_a.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Code Assist: accessing beans in jar
archives</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_14_a.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
</section>
- </section>
+
<section id="AddingDynamicCodeAssistToCustomComponents8745">
@@ -954,14 +954,14 @@
<title>Visual Page Editor</title>
<para><property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer
Studio</property> comes with a powerful and customizable
- <property moreinfo="none">Visual Page
Editor</property> (VPE). You can use the Visual Page Editor to
- develop an application using any technology: JSF, Struts, JSP, HTML and
others. Double-click on the necessary file in the Package Explorer view to open it in the
Visual Editor or just drag-and-drop it into perspective (the drag-and-drop feature can be
also applied to JSP, XHTML or HTML files created locally).</para>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Visual Page
Editor</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> (VPE). You
can use the Visual Page Editor to
+ develop an application using any technology: JSF, Struts, JSP, HTML and
others. Double-click on the necessary file in the Package Explorer view to open it in the
Visual Editor or just drag-and-drop it into perspective (the drag-and-drop feature can be
also applied to JSP, XHTML or HTML files created
locally).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<para>Current VPE version has three tabs: <property
moreinfo="none">Visual/Source</property>,
<property moreinfo="none">Source</property> and
<property moreinfo="none">Preview</property>. To switch between the
views you can use tabs at the bottom of the VPE or the shortcuts
<emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Ctrl + PageUp/Ctrl +
PageDown</property>
- </emphasis>.</para>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Visual Page Editor</title>
@@ -1026,30 +1026,30 @@
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para> You can insert a tag/component from the palette into either the
Source or the
- Visual part by calling a context menu and selecting <property
moreinfo="none">Insert
- around</property>, <property
moreinfo="none">Insert before</property>, <property
moreinfo="none">Insert
- after</property> or <property
moreinfo="none">Replace With</property>, pointing to
- <property moreinfo="none">From
Palette</property>, picking the type of the tag and finally
- choosing the tag you want to insert. </para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> You can insert a tag/component from the palette into
either the Source or the
+ Visual part by calling a context menu and selecting
</diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Insert
+ around</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">, </diffmk:wrapper><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Insert
before</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">, </diffmk:wrapper><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Insert
+ after</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> or </diffmk:wrapper><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Replace
With</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">, pointing to
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">From
Palette</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">, picking the type of the tag and finally
+ choosing the tag you want to insert.
</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <para>The image below illustrates how you can insert a tag into the
Source part.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Inserting a tag into the Source part </title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_23a.png"></imagedata>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">The image below illustrates how you can insert a tag
into the Source part.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Inserting a tag into the Source part
</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_23a.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>And this is how a tag is inserted using a context menu in the
Visual part.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">And this is how a tag is inserted using a context menu
in the Visual part.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Inserting a tag into the Visual part</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_23b.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Inserting a tag into the Visual
part</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_23b.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
@@ -1113,51 +1113,51 @@
</itemizedlist>
</section>
- <section id="codefolding">
- <title>Using Code Folding</title>
- <para>
- <property moreinfo="none">Visual Page
Editor</property> lets you collapse (hide) and expand
- (show) sections of your code to make it easier to navigate and read.
</para>
- <para>Code folding can be enabled by right-clicking on the left
margin on the Source
- part of Visual Page Editor, selecting <property
moreinfo="none">Folding</property> and checking
- the <property moreinfo="none">Enable
Folding</property> checkbox or using the <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Ctrl+Numpad_Divide</property>
- </emphasis> shortcut.</para>
- <para>When the code folding is enabled a minus sing (
<inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_23c.png"></imagedata>
+ <section diffmk:change="added" id="codefolding">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Using Code
Folding</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Visual
Page Editor</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> lets you collapse (hide) and expand
+ (show) sections of your code to make it easier to navigate and read.
</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Code folding can be enabled by right-clicking on the
left margin on the Source
+ part of Visual Page Editor, selecting
</diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Folding</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> and checking
+ the </diffmk:wrapper><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Enable
Folding</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> checkbox or using the
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Ctrl+Numpad_Divide</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> shortcut.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">When the code folding is enabled a minus sing (
</diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_23c.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject> ) will appear on the left margin of the
editor next to each
- opening block tag. </para>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> ) will appear on the left margin of the editor next to
each
+ opening block tag. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Enabled Code Folding </title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_24a.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Enabled Code Folding
</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_24a.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>Click the minus sign to collapse a block tag.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Click the minus sign to collapse a block
tag.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <para>When the minus sing is clicked on the appropriate tag
collapses and a plus
- sing ( <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_23d.png"></imagedata>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">When the minus sing is clicked on the appropriate tag
collapses and a plus
+ sing ( </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject
diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_23d.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject> ) is displayed on the left margin as well
as a gray
- rectangle two dots ( <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_23e.png"></imagedata>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> ) is displayed on the left margin as well as a gray
+ rectangle two dots ( </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject
diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_23e.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject> ) appears after opening and closing tags.
</para>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> ) appears after opening and closing tags.
</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Collapsed Code</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_24b.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Collapsed Code</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_24b.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
@@ -1175,9 +1175,9 @@
<title>Support for Taglib versions</title>
<para>VPE templates now support various versions of tag libraries.
It means that the
- <property moreinfo="none">VPE</property>
takes control over those components which have
+ <property
moreinfo="none">VPE</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> takes control over those components which have
different parameters or preview according to the framework version
(like seam
- 1.2 and seam 2.0, or JSF 1.1 and JSF 1.2).</para>
+ 1.2 and seam 2.0, or JSF 1.1 and JSF
1.2).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<para>For example, <emphasis>
<property
moreinfo="none"><s:decorate></property>
@@ -1247,8 +1247,8 @@
<para>The pages you are working with in <property
moreinfo="none">VPE</property> can use external
stylesheets. <property
moreinfo="none">VPE</property> allows you to create new style classes
in
existing stylesheets and/or edit them as well. For these purposes
<property moreinfo="none">CSS
- Style Class Dialog</property> is provided (hot keys -
<emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">CTRL+SHIT+C</property>).</emphasis></para>
+ Style Class Dialog</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> is provided (hot keys -
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">CTRL+SHIT+C</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">).</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis></para>
<para>Select the element for which you need to create or edit style
class and press
button next to <emphasis>
<property
moreinfo="none">styleClass</property>
@@ -1273,8 +1273,8 @@
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>First, you should specify the CSS file where you are going to
put your style
- class. Do this by pressing the button next to the <emphasis>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">First, you should specify the CSS file where you are
going to put your style
+ class. Do this by pressing the button next to the
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">CSS
file</property>
</emphasis> field.</para>
<figure float="0">
@@ -1295,9 +1295,9 @@
<emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Boxes</property>,
</emphasis>
<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Property
Sheet</property>. </emphasis>The list of already exisiting classes with names
begining with the symbols printed will be displayed on standard "Ctrl+Space" key
combination. To add existing styling to
+ <property moreinfo="none">Property
Sheet</property>. </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">The list of already exisiting classes with names
begining with the symbols printed will be displayed on standard "Ctrl+Space" key
combination. To add existing styling to
the chosen element just point to the
- necessary one. Each time you select any class it is displayed in the
Preview tab. Click on the <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Apply</property></emphasis> button will apply the
changes without closing the window.</para>
+ necessary one. Each time you select any class it is displayed in the
Preview tab. Click on the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Apply</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> button will apply the changes without closing the
window.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Style Class Selection</title>
@@ -1308,13 +1308,13 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>The <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Edited
properties</property>
- </emphasis> tab gives a preview of the properties which are set
for the existing
- style class. You can easily modify them with the help of this
wizard.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Edited
properties</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> tab gives a preview of the properties which are set
for the existing
+ style class. You can easily modify them with the help of this
wizard.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
- <title>Edited Properties</title>
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Edited
Properties</diffmk:wrapper></title>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_21.png"></imagedata>
@@ -1322,39 +1322,39 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>If the style class isn't chosen, the tab doesn't show
any properties.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">If the style class isn't chosen, the tab
doesn't show any properties.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Edited Properties</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/edited_properties.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Edited Properties</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/visual_page/edited_properties.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>The <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Preview
tab</property>
- </emphasis> is for observing the content of the chosen CSS
file. This tab is hidden if no CSS file is chosen.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">The </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Preview
tab</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> is for observing the content of the chosen CSS file.
This tab is hidden if no CSS file is chosen.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Preview Tab</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/preview_tab.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Preview Tab</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/visual_page/preview_tab.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>At the top of the <property
moreinfo="none">CSS Style Class Dialog</property>
- you can see a preview box which visualizes the result. To edit the
preview you should double click in the box. To leave the focus, use <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Ctrl +
Tab</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">At
the top of the </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">CSS Style
Class Dialog</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
+ you can see a preview box which visualizes the result. To edit the
preview you should double click in the box. To leave the focus, use
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Ctrl +
Tab</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Editing the Preview</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/preview_box.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Editing the
Preview</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/visual_page/preview_box.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
@@ -1444,38 +1444,38 @@
<title>Advanced Settings</title>
<para>In the left vertical pane of the Visual part there are three
buttons: <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Preferences</property></emphasis>
+ <property
moreinfo="none">Preferences</property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">
(
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/icon_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject
diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/visual_page/icon_1.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">
),
- <emphasis>
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Refresh</property>
- </emphasis>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
(
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/icon_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject
diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/visual_page/icon_2.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">
)
- and <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Page Design
Options</property> </emphasis>(
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/icon_3.png"></imagedata>
+ and </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Page Design
Options</property> </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">(
+ </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject
diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/visual_page/icon_3.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">
)
- .</para>
+ .</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Buttons on the Visual Part of VPE</title>
@@ -1490,20 +1490,20 @@
<listitem id="vpe_preferences">
<para><emphasis>
<property
moreinfo="none">Preferences</property>
- </emphasis> button
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> button
(
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/icon_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject
diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/visual_page/icon_1.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">
)
- provides a quick access to <property
moreinfo="none">Visual Page
+ provides a quick access to </diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none">Visual Page
Editor</property> preferences.</para>
<figure float="0">
@@ -1519,15 +1519,15 @@
<listitem>
<para>Clicking on <emphasis>
<property
moreinfo="none">Refresh</property>
- </emphasis> button
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> button
(
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/icon_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject
diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/visual_page/icon_2.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">
)
@@ -1536,30 +1536,30 @@
- you refresh the displayed information.</para>
+ you refresh the displayed
information.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Page Design
Options</property>
- </emphasis> button
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> button
(
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/icon_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject
diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/visual_page/icon_3.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">
)
leads to a window which helps you specify necessary
references of the resources. It is represented by a window with 4
tabs. The
- first one, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Actual Run-Time
folders</property>,
- </emphasis> is used to replace absolute and relative path
values when
- generating a preview: </para>
+ first one, </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Actual
Run-Time folders</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">,
+ </diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> is used to replace absolute and relative path values
when
+ generating a preview: </diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
- <title>Page Design Options: Actual Run-Time
folders</title>
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Page Design Options: Actual Run-Time
folders</diffmk:wrapper></title>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_10.png"></imagedata>
@@ -1568,16 +1568,16 @@
</figure>
- <para>The second tab, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Included CSS
files</property>
- </emphasis>, is used to add CSS files to be linked by
Visual Page Editor
- when generating a preview:</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">The second tab, </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Included CSS
files</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">, is used to add CSS files to be linked by Visual Page
Editor
+ when generating a preview:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Page Design Options: Included CSS
files</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_10_2.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Page Design Options: Included CSS
files</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_10_2.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
@@ -1585,36 +1585,36 @@
- <para>The third one, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Included tag
libs</property></emphasis>, can be used to add Taglibs that can be used by the
editor for
- getting appropriate templates to generate a
preview:</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">The third one, </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Included tag
libs</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">, can be used to add Taglibs that can be used by the
editor for
+ getting appropriate templates to generate a
preview:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Page Design Options: Included tag
libs</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_10_3.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Page Design Options: Included tag
libs</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_10_3.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>And finally, the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Substituted El
expressions</property>
- </emphasis> tab is used to add El expressions that will be
substituted by
- the editor when generating a preview:</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">And
finally, the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Substituted El
expressions</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> tab is used to add El expressions that will be
substituted by
+ the editor when generating a
preview:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Page Design Options: Substituted El
expressions</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_10_4.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Page Design Options: Substituted El
expressions</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_10_4.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>The first two tabs of the window let you define actual
runtime folders.
- The example below will help you understand how this can be
done.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">The first two tabs of the window let you define
actual runtime folders.
+ The example below will help you understand how this can be
done.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<para>Suppose you have the following project
structure:</para>
@@ -1649,8 +1649,8 @@
pages'</emphasis> and you will see the image
appeared.</para>
<para></para>
- <para>Let' consider an example for other tabs. For
instance, the
- definition of your CSS on the page is the next:</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Let' consider an example for other tabs. For
instance, the
+ definition of your CSS on the page is the
next:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<programlisting format="linespecific"
role="XML"><![CDATA[<link rel="stylesheet"
type="text/css"
href="#{facesContext.externalContext.requestContextPath}/style.css"/>
@@ -2278,9 +2278,11 @@
</section>
</section>
-</chapter>
+</section>
-
+
+
+</chapter>
<chapter id="palette"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/modules/palette.xml"
xreflabel="palette">
<?dbhtml filename="palette.html"?>
<chapterinfo>
@@ -2843,101 +2845,100 @@
</chapter>
-<chapter id="richfaces_support" role="new"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/modules/richfaces_support.xml"
xreflabel="richfaces_support">
- <?dbhtml filename="editors.html"?>
- <chapterinfo>
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
- <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
- <keyword>RichFaces</keyword>
+<chapter diffmk:change="added" id="richfaces_support"
role="new"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/modules/richfaces_support.xml"
xreflabel="richfaces_support">
+ <chapterinfo diffmk:change="added">
+ <keywordset diffmk:change="added">
+ <keyword diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">JBoss Developer
Studio</diffmk:wrapper></keyword>
+ <keyword diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">JBDS</diffmk:wrapper></keyword>
+ <keyword diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">RichFaces</diffmk:wrapper></keyword>
</keywordset>
</chapterinfo>
<title>RichFaces Support</title>
- <para><property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer
Studio</property> comes with a tight integration with <ulink
url="http://labs.jboss.com/jbossrichfaces/">RichFaces component
framework</ulink>.</para>
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer
Studio</property> comes with a tight integration with <ulink
url="http://labs.jboss.com/jbossrichfaces/">RichFaces component
framework</ulink><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <note>
- <title>Note:</title>
- <para><ulink
url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossrichfaces/downloads/">RichFaces
- 3.3</ulink> is fully supported in the current version of <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer Studio</property> (i. e. 2.0.0.GA) and
<property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools
3.0.0.GA</property>.</para>
+ <note diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Note:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><ulink
diffmk:change="added"
url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossrichfaces/downloads/"><dif...
diffmk:change="added">RichFaces
+ 3.3</diffmk:wrapper></ulink><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> is fully supported in the current version of
</diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss
Developer Studio</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> (i. e. 2.0.0.GA) and
</diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss
Tools 3.0.0.GA</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</note>
- <para>The following features are implemented and fully supported for the
current version of the RichFaces components:</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">The following features are implemented and fully
supported for the current version of the RichFaces
components:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><link
linkend="ContentAssistForRF">Content
Assist</link></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><link
linkend="RF_openOn">OpenOn</link></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><link
linkend="RF_in_palette">Representing in JBoss Tools
Palette</link></para></listitem>
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para
diffmk:change="added"><link diffmk:change="added"
linkend="ContentAssistForRF"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Content
Assist</diffmk:wrapper></link></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para
diffmk:change="added"><link diffmk:change="added"
linkend="RF_openOn"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">OpenOn</diffmk:wrapper></link></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para
diffmk:change="added"><link diffmk:change="added"
linkend="RF_in_palette"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Representing in JBoss Tools
Palette</diffmk:wrapper></link></para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>All you have to do is to <ulink
url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossrichfaces/downloads/">downloa...
and install RichFaces libraries into your
- project, i. e. just put <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">richfaces-*.jar</property>
- </emphasis> files into the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">/lib</property>
- </emphasis> project folder. Also how to get started with <property
moreinfo="none">RichFaces</property> you can find in <ulink
url="http://jboss.org/file-access/default/members/jbossrichfaces/fre...
documentation</ulink>.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">All you have to do is to
</diffmk:wrapper><ulink diffmk:change="added"
url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossrichfaces/downloads/"><dif...
diffmk:change="added">download</diffmk:wrapper></ulink><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> and install RichFaces libraries into your
+ project, i. e. just put </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">richfaces-*.jar</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> files
into the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">/lib</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> project
folder. Also how to get started with </diffmk:wrapper><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">RichFaces</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> you can find in </diffmk:wrapper><ulink
diffmk:change="added"
url="http://jboss.org/file-access/default/members/jbossrichfaces/fre...
diffmk:change="added">RichFaces
documentation</diffmk:wrapper></ulink><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <section id="ContentAssistForRF">
- <title>Code Assist for RichFaces</title>
+ <section diffmk:change="added" id="ContentAssistForRF">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Code Assist for
RichFaces</diffmk:wrapper></title>
- <para><property moreinfo="none">JBDS/JBoss
Tools</property> indeed provide code completion for <ulink
url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossrichfaces">RichFaces</ulin... framework
- components.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">JBDS/JBoss
Tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> indeed provide code completion for
</diffmk:wrapper><ulink diffmk:change="added"
url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossrichfaces"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">RichFaces</diffmk:wrapper></ulink><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> framework
+ components.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <tip>
- <title>Tip:</title>
+ <tip diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Tip:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
- <para>RichFaces 3.3 is now fully supported in code
completion.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">RichFaces 3.3 is now fully supported in code
completion.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</tip>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Content Assist for RichFaces Components</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_29.png"
scale="65"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Content Assist for RichFaces
Components</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_29.png"
scale="65"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
</section>
- <section id="RF_openOn">
- <title>OpenOn for RichFaces</title>
+ <section diffmk:change="added" id="RF_openOn">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">OpenOn for
RichFaces</diffmk:wrapper></title>
- <para>Working with <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">.jsp/.xhtml</property></emphasis> pages in
<property moreinfo="none">VPE</property> you can also take the
advantage of <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">OpenOn</property></emphasis> feature for the
<property moreinfo="none">RichFaces</property>
components.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Working with </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">.jsp/.xhtml</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> pages in </diffmk:wrapper><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">VPE</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> you can also take the advantage of
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">OpenOn</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> feature for the </diffmk:wrapper><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">RichFaces</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> components.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <para>For example, <property
moreinfo="none">Richfaces</property> tags <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none"><rich:insert></property>
- </emphasis> and <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none"><a4j:include></property>
- </emphasis> has <property
moreinfo="none">OpenOn</property> support.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">For example, </diffmk:wrapper><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Richfaces</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> tags </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"><rich:insert></diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"><a4j:include></diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> has
</diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">OpenOn</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> support.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>OpenOn With Richfaces Tag</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_8a.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">OpenOn With Richfaces
Tag</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_8a.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>OpenOn With A4j Tag</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_8b.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">OpenOn With A4j
Tag</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_8b.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
</section>
- <section id="RF_in_palette">
- <title>RichFaces in the JBoss Tools Palette</title>
+ <section diffmk:change="added" id="RF_in_palette">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">RichFaces in the JBoss Tools
Palette</diffmk:wrapper></title>
- <para>RichFaces and Ajax4jsf tag libraries always exist in <link
linkend="palette">JBoss Tools
- Palette</link>.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">RichFaces and Ajax4jsf tag libraries always exist in
</diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="palette">JBoss Tools
+ Palette</link><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>RichFaces Components</title>
@@ -2948,45 +2949,45 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>To insert a <property
moreinfo="none">RichFaces</property> component on a page:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>expand <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
RichFaces</property>
- </emphasis> group on the palette</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">To insert a
</diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none">RichFaces</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> component on a
page:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">expand </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">JBoss
RichFaces</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
group on the palette</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>click on some component</para>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">click on some
component</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>put the needed attributes in the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Insert
Tag</property>
- </emphasis> dialog and click <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
- </emphasis> button
- </para>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">put the needed attributes in the
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Insert Tag</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
dialog and click </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Finish</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
button
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Inserting Tag</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_30.png"
scale="75"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Inserting Tag</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_30.png"
scale="75"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>The <property
moreinfo="none">RichFaces</property> component will be inserted on your
page and displayed in source and visual
- modes:</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">The
</diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">RichFaces</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> component will be inserted on your page and displayed
in source and visual
+ modes:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>RichFaces Component</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_31.png"
scale="75"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">RichFaces
Component</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_31.png"
scale="75"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
@@ -2996,8 +2997,8 @@
<section>
<title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
- <para>To get more in-depth information on <property
moreinfo="none">RichFaces</property> framework refer to <ulink
url="http://jboss.org/file-access/default/members/jbossrichfaces/fre...
Developer Guide</ulink>.</para>
- <para>It may be also helpful for you to look through the <ulink
url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/movies/">movies</ulink> where there
are ones that demonstrate the usage of RichFaces components.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">To get more
in-depth information on </diffmk:wrapper><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">RichFaces</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> framework refer to </diffmk:wrapper><ulink
diffmk:change="added"
url="http://jboss.org/file-access/default/members/jbossrichfaces/fre...
diffmk:change="added">RichFaces Developer
Guide</diffmk:wrapper></ulink><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">It may be also helpful for you to look through the
</diffmk:wrapper><ulink diffmk:change="added"
url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/movies/"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">movies</diffmk:wrapper></ulink><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> where there are ones that demonstrate the usage of
RichFaces components.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</section>
</chapter>
@@ -4471,6 +4472,4 @@
</figure>
</section>
-->
-</chapter>
-
-</book>
+</chapter></book>
Modified: trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -38,19 +38,19 @@
<title>Seam Dev Tools Reference Guide</title>
<author><firstname>Anatoly</firstname><surname>Fedosik</surname></author>
<author><firstname>Olga</firstname><surname>Chikvina</surname></author>
-
<author><firstname>Michael</firstname><surname>Sorokin</surname></author>
+ <author diffmk:change="added"><firstname
diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Michael</diffmk:wrapper></firstname><surname
diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Sorokin</diffmk:wrapper></surname></author>
<author><firstname>Svetlana</firstname><surname>Mukhina</surname><email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email></author>
<pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss,
a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
Version: 3.0.0.GA
- </releaseinfo>
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<title></title>
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
</chapter>
-<chapter id="create_seam"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/modules/creating_new_seam.xml"
xreflabel="create_seam">
+<chapter id="create_seam" role="updated"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/modules/creating_new_seam.xml"
xreflabel="create_seam">
<?dbhtml filename="create_new_seam.html"?>
<chapterinfo>
<keywordset>
@@ -121,8 +121,8 @@
</keywordset>
</chapterinfo>
<title>Creating a New Seam Project via the New Seam Project
wizard</title>
- <para>In this chapter we provide you with the necessary steps to start working
with Seam
- Framework.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">In this chapter
we provide you with the necessary steps to start working with Seam
+ Framework.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<para>At first, we suggest setting the specific Seam perspective that combines
a number of
different views and editors needed for work with resources concerned. For that
select <emphasis>
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
</emphasis> or you can also access it through the button in the right top
corner.</para>
<figure float="0">
- <title>Seam Perspective Icon</title>
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Seam
Perspective Icon</diffmk:wrapper></title>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata
fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_0.png"></imagedata>
@@ -138,14 +138,14 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>Also the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Open Web
Browser</property></emphasis> action is directly available in the <property
moreinfo="none">Seam perspective</property>.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Also the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Open
Web Browser</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> action is directly available in the
</diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Seam
perspective</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Embedded Web Browser Button</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_01.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Embedded Web Browser
Button</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_01.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
@@ -174,14 +174,14 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>On the figure above you can see the runtime and the server already
created.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">On the figure
above you can see the runtime and the server already
created.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <para>If you need to create a new runtime, click on the <emphasis>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">If you need to create a new runtime, click on the
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">New...</property>
- </emphasis> button in the <property
moreinfo="none">Target Runtime</property> section. It brings up the
+ </emphasis> button in the <property
moreinfo="none">Target Runtime</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> section. It brings up the
wizard where you can specify a new JBoss Server Runtime environment or the
other type of
runtime appropriate for configuring your project. Let's create one more
JBoss 4.2
- Runtime. Hence, after choosing it click on <emphasis>
+ Runtime. Hence, after choosing it click on
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
</emphasis> button.</para>
@@ -211,18 +211,18 @@
<para> Clicking on <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
- </emphasis> returns you to the <link
linkend="figure_create_seam1">New Seam Project
- wizard page</link>.</para>
+ </emphasis> returns you to the <link
linkend="figure_create_seam1"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">New Seam Project
+ wizard page</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <para>The next step is to define a Server that you can do by clicking
- on <emphasis>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">The next step is to define a Server that you can do by
clicking
+ on </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">New...</property>
- </emphasis> button in the <property
moreinfo="none">Target Server</property> section. In appeared
- <property moreinfo="none">New Server
dialog</property> the last server which matches the runtime
- will be selected.</para>
+ </emphasis> button in the <property
moreinfo="none">Target Server</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> section. In appeared
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">New
Server dialog</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> the last server which matches the runtime
+ will be selected.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <para>All declared runtimes are listed in the combo box under the servers
view. Here, you
- can indicate a server runtime that you need. Click <emphasis>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">All declared
runtimes are listed in the combo box under the servers view. Here, you
+ can indicate a server runtime that you need. Click
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Add</property>
</emphasis> if you want to add a new Server Runtime.</para>
@@ -235,8 +235,8 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>Next page allows you to verify the information for chosen server.
Leave everything as
- it is and click on <emphasis>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Next page
allows you to verify the information for chosen server. Leave everything as
+ it is and click on </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
</emphasis>.</para>
@@ -249,8 +249,8 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>On the last wizard step you can modify your projects to configure
them on the
- Server.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">On the last
wizard step you can modify your projects to configure them on the
+ Server.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Project Modification for Configuring on the
Server</title>
@@ -282,10 +282,10 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>The last section on this wizard step is <property
moreinfo="none">Configuration</property>. Here, you
+ <para>The last section on this wizard step is <property
moreinfo="none">Configuration</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">. Here, you
can select one of the pre-defined project configurations either associated
with Seam
1.2, Seam 2.0 or with Seam 2.1. Furthermore, you can create your own
configuration by
- pressing the <emphasis>
+ pressing the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Modify...</property>
</emphasis> button. It will open the dialog which allows to configure
your own set of
facets for adding extra functionality to your project.</para>
@@ -625,8 +625,8 @@
tests via <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Run As
> TestNG Test</property>.</emphasis></para>
<para>In order to deploy WAR project on server, right-click on the project
and select <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Run As > Run on
Server</property>.</emphasis> Studio will deploy
- WAR project into one web application on server to <property
moreinfo="none">deploy</property>
- folder.</para>
+ WAR project into one web application on server to <property
moreinfo="none">deploy</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">
+ folder.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</section>
@@ -653,84 +653,84 @@
and <property moreinfo="none">war</property> modules of
the EAR project.</para>
</section>
- <section id="seam_version_changing">
+ <section diffmk:change="added" id="seam_version_changing">
- <title>Changing the Seam Version</title>
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Changing the Seam
Version</diffmk:wrapper></title>
- <para>To upgrade or downgrade your projects Seam version use the facet
preferences. You
- should right-click your project and choose <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Project
Facets</property>
- </emphasis> category. Next select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Seam</property>
- </emphasis> and change its version to needed one.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">To upgrade or downgrade your projects Seam version use
the facet preferences. You
+ should right-click your project and choose
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Project
Facets</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
category. Next select </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Seam</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and
change its version to needed one.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Changing the Seam Facet Version</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/directory_structure/directory_structure_3.png"
scale="75"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Changing the Seam Facet
Version</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/directory_structure/directory_structure_3.png"
scale="75"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>After pressing <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Apply</property>
- </emphasis> the wizard for adjusting new Seam runtime settings
appears.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">After pressing </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Apply</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> the
wizard for adjusting new Seam runtime settings
appears.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Changing the Seam Facet Version</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/directory_structure/directory_structure_4.png"
scale="75"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Changing the Seam Facet
Version</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/directory_structure/directory_structure_4.png"
scale="75"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>If you need to update the libraries for you project, check the
<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Update
libraries</property>
- </emphasis> option. All libraries you checked will be removed and the
libraries from the
- new Seam distribution will be added after clicking <emphasis>
- <property
moreinfo="none">Ok</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">If you need to update the libraries for you project,
check the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Update
libraries</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
option. All libraries you checked will be removed and the libraries from the
+ new Seam distribution will be added after clicking
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Ok</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Changing the Seam Facet Version</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/directory_structure/directory_structure_5.png"
scale="75"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Changing the Seam Facet
Version</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/directory_structure/directory_structure_5.png"
scale="75"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <note>
- <title>Note:</title>
+ <note diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Note:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
- <para>The note "Seam configuration files and their XSDs won't
be changed" is
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">The note "Seam configuration files and their XSDs
won't be changed" is
meant that the libraries, Seam facet and runtime version will be changed,
but
configuration files that refer to the old version will have to be
manually
- updated.</para>
+ updated.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</note>
</section>
- <section id="changing_seam_parent_project">
- <title>Changing Seam Parent Project</title>
+ <section diffmk:change="added"
id="changing_seam_parent_project">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Changing Seam Parent
Project</diffmk:wrapper></title>
- <para>Starting from the 2.0.0.CR2 version of <property
moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> it is possible
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Starting from the 2.0.0.CR2 version of
</diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss
Tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> it is possible
to change the Seam parent project. In earlier versions this was only
controllable at a
- project creation time, now it can be changed for existing projects
too.</para>
+ project creation time, now it can be changed for existing projects
too.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <para>Go to your project preferences and select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Seam Settings</property>
- </emphasis> category on the left. Press the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Browse</property>
- </emphasis> button next to the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Main Seam
Project</property>
- </emphasis> section to select the other Seam parent
project.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Go to your project preferences and select
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Seam
Settings</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
category on the left. Press the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Browse</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
button next to the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Main
Seam Project</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
section to select the other Seam parent project.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Changing Seam Parent Project</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/directory_structure/directory_structure_6.png"
scale="75"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Changing Seam Parent
Project</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/directory_structure/directory_structure_6.png"
scale="75"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
@@ -759,10 +759,10 @@
<property moreinfo="none">Refactor >
Move...</property>
</emphasis> (or <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Shift + Alt +
V</property>
- </emphasis>), if you need to move
- <emphasis><project_name>/WebContent</emphasis>
folder,
- <emphasis><project_name>/ejbModule</emphasis>
folder or
- <emphasis><project_name>/test-src</emphasis>
folder in the other place
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">),
if you need to move
+
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis><project_name>/WebContent</emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> folder,
+
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis><project_name>/ejbModule</emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> folder or
+
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis><project_name>/test-src</emphasis>
folder in the other place
within the Project structure.</para>
</section>
</chapter>
@@ -1143,8 +1143,8 @@
<title>Seam Wizards</title>
<para>This chapter introduces you with Seam Components.</para>
- <para>All the Seam component generations options known from Seam-gen are
available as wizards
- (with sensible auto-defaulting) for creating various common Seam
components:</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">All the Seam
component generations options known from Seam-gen are available as wizards
+ (with sensible auto-defaulting) for creating various common Seam
components:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -1182,8 +1182,8 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>The wizards create multiple resources and place it in the appropriate
folders depending on
- your project structure (WAR or EAR).</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">The wizards
create multiple resources and place it in the appropriate folders depending on
+ your project structure (WAR or EAR).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<para>Let's create a WAR project using the New Seam Project
wizard.</para>
<figure float="0">
@@ -1203,10 +1203,10 @@
<title>New Seam Action</title>
<para>In this and following sections you can see example creating Seam
Components.</para>
- <para>To create a New Seam Action you should select a necessary project,
type a name for
- <property moreinfo="none">Seam
component</property>, <property moreinfo="none">POJO
class</property>,
- <property moreinfo="none">Method</property>,
<property moreinfo="none">Page</property> and select a
- <property moreinfo="none">Package</property> using
the <emphasis>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">To create a
New Seam Action you should select a necessary project, type a name for
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">Seam
component</property>, <property moreinfo="none">POJO
class</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">,
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none">Method</property>, <property
moreinfo="none">Page</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> and select a
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none">Package</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> using the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Browse</property>
</emphasis> button.</para>
@@ -1219,19 +1219,19 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>If you specify a class which already exists, the wizard will warn you
about it.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">If you specify
a class which already exists, the wizard will warn you about
it.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Wizard Warning against Existing File</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/seam_wizards/action_warning.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Wizard Warning against Existing
File</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_wizards/action_warning.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>You can see the action page in <property
moreinfo="none">WebContent</property> folder. Click on it to
- open in JBoss Tools HTML Editor.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added">You can see the action page in
<property moreinfo="none">WebContent</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> folder. Click on it to
+ open in JBoss Tools HTML Editor.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Action Page in JBoss Tools HTML Editor.</title>
@@ -1245,13 +1245,13 @@
<note>
<title>Note:</title>
- <para>You don't need to restart the server to see how the action
component works. Just
- use context menu <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Run As > Run On
- Server</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">You
don't need to restart the server to see how the action component works. Just
+ use context menu </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis><property
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Run
As > Run On
+
Server</diffmk:wrapper></property>.</emphasis></para>
</note>
- <para>Action component was hot-deployed. Forms and Conversations will work
the same
- way.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Action
component was hot-deployed. Forms and Conversations will work the same
+ way.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Action Component</title>
@@ -1268,12 +1268,12 @@
<section id="seam_form">
<title>New Seam Form</title>
- <para>Click on <property
moreinfo="none">actionMethod</property> in the internal browser and add
a form in
- your project using the New Seam Form wizard <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">File > New > Seam
- Form</property>.</emphasis></para>
- <para>Select a necessary project, type a name for <property
moreinfo="none">Seam component</property>,
- <property moreinfo="none">POJO class</property>,
<property moreinfo="none">Method</property>,
- <property moreinfo="none">Page</property> and
select a <property moreinfo="none">Package</property> using
<emphasis>
+ <para>Click on <property
moreinfo="none">actionMethod</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> in the internal browser and add a form in
+ your project using the New Seam Form wizard
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis><property
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">File
> New > Seam
+
Form</diffmk:wrapper></property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <para>Select a necessary project, type a name for <property
moreinfo="none">Seam component</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">,
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">POJO
class</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">,
</diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none">Method</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">,
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none">Page</property> and select a <property
moreinfo="none">Package</property> using <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Browse</property>
</emphasis> button.</para>
@@ -1286,18 +1286,18 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>If you specify a class which already exists, the wizard will warn you
about it.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">If you specify
a class which already exists, the wizard will warn you about
it.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Wizard Warning against Existing File</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/seam_wizards/form_warning.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Wizard Warning against Existing
File</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_wizards/form_warning.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>The Form Page was created in <property
moreinfo="none">WebContent</property> folder.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added">The Form Page was created in
<property moreinfo="none">WebContent</property>
folder.</para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Form Page in JBoss Tools HTML Editor.</title>
@@ -1308,8 +1308,8 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>Deploy the form on server. Right click on Form Page, select
<emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Run As
- > Run On
Server</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <para>Deploy the form on server. Right click on Form Page, select
<emphasis><property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Run As
+ > Run On
Server</diffmk:wrapper></property>.</emphasis></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Form Component</title>
@@ -1327,13 +1327,13 @@
<section id="seam_conversation">
<title>New Seam Conversation</title>
- <para>Enter some value in the text field (e.g. <property
moreinfo="none">value1</property>) and click on
- <property
moreinfo="none">formMethod</property>.</para>
- <para>Add a conversation using the New Seam Conversation wizard
<emphasis><property moreinfo="none">File >
- New > Seam
Form</property>.</emphasis></para>
- <para>You should select a necessary project, type a name for <property
moreinfo="none">Seam
- component</property>, <property
moreinfo="none">POJO class</property>, <property
moreinfo="none">Method</property>,
- <property moreinfo="none">Page</property> and
select a <property moreinfo="none">Package</property> using
<emphasis>
+ <para>Enter some value in the text field (e.g. <property
moreinfo="none">value1</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">) and click on
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none">formMethod</property>.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Add a
conversation using the New Seam Conversation wizard
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis><property
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">File
>
+ New > Seam
Form</diffmk:wrapper></property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <para>You should select a necessary project, type a name for <property
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Seam
+ component</diffmk:wrapper></property>, <property
moreinfo="none">POJO class</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">, </diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none">Method</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">,
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none">Page</property> and select a <property
moreinfo="none">Package</property> using <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Browse</property>
</emphasis> button.</para>
@@ -1347,18 +1347,18 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>If you specify a class which already exists, the wizard will warn you
about it.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">If you specify
a class which already exists, the wizard will warn you about
it.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Wizard Warning against Existing File</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/seam_wizards/conversation_warning.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Wizard Warning against Existing
File</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_wizards/conversation_warning.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>Conversation page was created in <property
moreinfo="none">WebContent</property> folder.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added">Conversation page was created in
<property moreinfo="none">WebContent</property>
folder.</para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Conversation Page in JBoss Tools HTML Editor.</title>
@@ -1369,8 +1369,8 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>Right click on Conversation page, select <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none">Run As > Run On
- Server</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <para>Right click on Conversation page, select <emphasis><property
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Run
As > Run On
+
Server</diffmk:wrapper></property>.</emphasis></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Conversation Component</title>
@@ -1382,8 +1382,8 @@
</figure>
<para>Conversation component was hot-deployed.</para>
- <para>Click on <property
moreinfo="none">Begin</property> and <property
moreinfo="none">Increment</property> buttons to
- check the conversation functionality.</para>
+ <para>Click on <property
moreinfo="none">Begin</property> and <property
moreinfo="none">Increment</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> buttons to
+ check the conversation functionality.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</section>
@@ -1392,15 +1392,15 @@
<title>New Seam Entity</title>
<para>Entities cannot be hot-deployed, so we need to stop the
server.</para>
- <para>Create an Entity using the New Entity wizard
<emphasis><property moreinfo="none">File > New > Seam
- Entity</property>.</emphasis>
+ <para>Create an Entity using the New Entity wizard
<emphasis><property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">File > New > Seam
+ Entity</diffmk:wrapper></property>.</emphasis>
</para>
- <para>You should select a necessary project, type a name for <property
moreinfo="none">Entity
- class</property>, select a <property
moreinfo="none">Package</property> using <emphasis>
+ <para>You should select a necessary project, type a name for <property
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Entity
+ class</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">, select a </diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none">Package</property> using <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Browse</property>
- </emphasis> button, type a name for <property
moreinfo="none">Master Page</property> and
- <property
moreinfo="none">Page</property>.</para>
+ </emphasis> button, type a name for <property
moreinfo="none">Master Page</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> and
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none">Page</property>.</para>
<figure float="0">
<title>New Seam Entity Wizard</title>
@@ -1411,19 +1411,19 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>If you specify a class which already exists, the wizard will warn you
about it.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">If you specify a class which already exists, the wizard
will warn you about it.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Wizard Warning against Existing File</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/seam_wizards/entity_warning.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Wizard Warning against Existing
File</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_wizards/entity_warning.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>The Master Page and the Entity were created in <property
moreinfo="none">WebContent</property>
- folder.</para>
+ <para>The Master Page and the Entity were created in <property
moreinfo="none">WebContent</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">
+ folder.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Master Page in JBoss Tools HTML Editor.</title>
@@ -1455,10 +1455,10 @@
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>Let's create two customers <property
moreinfo="none">c1</property> and <property
moreinfo="none">c2</property>. Enter
- the name in the text field and press the <property
moreinfo="none">Save</property> button. Customer
- should be successfully created. Press <property
moreinfo="none">Done</property>. Do the same for
- <property moreinfo="none">c2</property> customer.
The result should be:</para>
+ <para>Let's create two customers <property
moreinfo="none">c1</property> and <property
moreinfo="none">c2</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">. Enter
+ the name in the text field and press the </diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none">Save</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> button. Customer
+ should be successfully created. Press </diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none">Done</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">. Do the same for
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none">c2</property> customer. The result should
be:</para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Two Customers Are Created</title>
@@ -1533,15 +1533,359 @@
</keywordset>
</chapterinfo>
- <title>Seam Editors Features</title>
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Seam
Editors</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">This chapter tells about Seam Editors and their
features.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Visual Page
Editor</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Visual Page Editor fits perfectly for authoring view
Seam pages. The major features of VPE are listed in </diffmk:wrapper><link
diffmk:change="added" linkend="SeamEditors"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Main Features of Seam
Editors</diffmk:wrapper></link> </para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">You can also read more about Visual Page Editor in
</diffmk:wrapper><ulink diffmk:change="added"
url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/jsf/html/e...
diffmk:change="added">Visual Page
Editor</diffmk:wrapper></ulink><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> chapter of "Visual Web Tools Reference
Guide".</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+
+
+
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Seam Pages Editor</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Seam
Pages Editor</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> provides a handy way to edit the
</diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">pages.xml</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> file.
+
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">
+ You can edit the pages.xml file in three modes: Graphical, Tree and Source.
+
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Graphical Mode</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Graphical mode provides you with a set of visual tools
to organize your project pageflow, exception handling
etc.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Seam Pages Editor: Graphical
View</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">The Graphical part of the editor has some visual
elements. The table below shows graphical representation of the elements and explains
their meanings. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+<table diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Pages Editor: Graphical View. Visual
elements</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <tgroup cols="2" diffmk:change="added">
+ <thead diffmk:change="added">
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Element</diffmk:wrapper></entry>
+
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Description</diffmk:wrapper></entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody diffmk:change="added">
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_editors/element_page.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><para
diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">A
yellow box with a solid border represents a </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"><page></diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> element.
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_editors/element_param.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject></entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Pressing on the plus icon
(</diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_editors/icon_plus.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">)
+
+
+ on the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"><page></diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> element reveals a box that lists the parameters for
the page.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+
+ </row>
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
<mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_editors/element_page2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject></entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">A red cross in the upper left corner of the page box
indicates that the view-id is not found in the
project.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><mediaobject
diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_editors/element_page1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject></entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"> <para
diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
+ A gray box with a dashed border represents a page that has
navigation
+ (navigation rule) to but the page is not defined in the page.xml
file.
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para></entry>
+ </row>
+
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
<mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_editors/element_exception.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject></entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"> <para
diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">An <exception> is represented by a blue
box with a orange diamond.</diffmk:wrapper></para></entry>
+ </row>
+
+
+
+
+
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</table>
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Pageflow relations are shown with gray arrows, when you
select a relationship the arrow is changed to orange.
</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">On the lefthand side of the Graphical view of
</diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Seam
Page Editor</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> you can find a toolbar with a set of icons for the
most frequently used commands. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <table diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Pages Editor: Graphical View. Commands
Icons</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <tgroup cols="2" diffmk:change="added">
+ <thead diffmk:change="added">
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Icon Image</diffmk:wrapper></entry>
+
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Command</diffmk:wrapper></entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody diffmk:change="added">
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_editors/icon_select.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject>
+
+ </entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Select a page
element</diffmk:wrapper></entry>
+
+ </row>
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><inlinemediaobject
diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_editors/icon_marquee.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject></entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Marquee a page
item</diffmk:wrapper></entry>
+ </row>
+
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_editors/icon_new_link.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject>
+
+ </entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Add a page
relationship</diffmk:wrapper></entry>
+ </row>
+
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_editors/icon_exception.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject>
+
+ </entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Add an exception
rule</diffmk:wrapper></entry>
+ </row>
+
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Context menus are also available when you click either
on an item or a blank space.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">A context menu called on a blank space of the diagram
provides the following options:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para
diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added"
role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Page</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> creates a new page element on the
diagram</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para
diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added"
role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Exception</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> creates a new exception element on the
diagram</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para
diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added"
role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Auto
Layout</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> formats the layout of the diagram
automatically</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para
diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added"
role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Select
Element</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> calls the </diffmk:wrapper><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Select Element
Wizard</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> with a filter to perform a quick search through the
</diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">pages</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> file
</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Rightclicking on a </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"><page></diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> element calls a context menu where you can choose the
following options if you click on the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">New</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> menu item: </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+
+
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para
diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added"
role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Rule</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> defines a new navigation rule for the element
</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para
diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added"
role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Param</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> adds a </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"><param></diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> tag
+ </diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> to the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"><page></diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">
element</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Tree Mode</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Tree Mode provides a wider range of options and way to
edit and modify the pages.xml file.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Seam Pages Editor: Tree
View</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">
+ In this mode all elements and attributes of the page.xml
+ file can be viewed and edited in a visual, user friendly way.
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ </section>
+
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Outline Support for Seam Pages
Editor</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Seam Pages Editor provides
</diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Outline</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> view support.
+ You can explore the pages.xml using Outline view in two modes:
</diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Tree</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> ( </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject
diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_editors/outline_tree.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> ) and </diffmk:wrapper><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Diagram
Navigation</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> ( </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject
diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_editors/outline_navigation.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> ).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">
+ The Diagram Navigation mode of Outline view gives a birds-view of the
layout to allow quick navigation for large-scale applications.
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Outline view: Diagram Navigation
mode</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_9.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">The Tree mode shows a tree for every element in the
pages.xml file. You can get a quick overview of the whole file and selecting an element
the related element is highlighted in the Graphical, Tree or Source page of Seam Pages
Editor.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Outline view: Tree
mode</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_10.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+
+
+ </section>
+
+
+ </section>
+
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added">
+
+
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Seam Components
Editor</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">When editing </diffmk:wrapper><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">components.xml</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> a structured tree editor is available
+ in addition to pure source editing. It has a graphical view (Tree tab) and
source
+ (Source tab).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">component.xml
Editor</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <note diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Note:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">You can view and edit
</diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">components.xml</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> and other xml files
+ directly in the Project Explorer and Properties sheet without opening
the
+ components.xml editor.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </note>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">component.xml
Editor</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+
+
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added" id="SeamEditors">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Main Features of Seam
Editors</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+
+
<para>In this chapter you will know what Seam Editors features are and how to
work with them. </para>
<section id="ContentAssist">
<title>Content Assist</title>
- <para><property moreinfo="none">Content
Assist</property> (Ctrl + Space) is available when using EL variables in the
following file formats:</para>
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">Content
Assist</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> (Ctrl +
Space) is available when using EL expressions in the following file
formats:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>JSP</para>
@@ -1623,13 +1967,13 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>OpenOn is also supported in Page Descriptors(page.xml). You can
<property moreinfo="none">Ctrl + left click</property> on the bean
to open navigate to the bean you clicked on. </para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">OpenOn is also supported in Page Descriptors(page.xml).
You can </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Ctrl +
left click</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> on the bean to open navigate to the bean you clicked
on. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>OpenOn in page.xml file</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_2a.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">OpenOn in page.xml
file</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_2a.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
@@ -1644,7 +1988,7 @@
<para>Validation of various possible problematic definitions is implemented
for Seam
applications.</para>
- <para>If an issue is found it will be shown in the standard <property
moreinfo="none">Problems
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">If an issue
is found it will be shown in the standard </diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none">Problems
View</property>.</para>
<figure float="0">
@@ -1672,48 +2016,15 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>On WTP projects validation are enabled by default and thus executed
automatically, but
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">On WTP
projects validation are enabled by default and thus executed automatically, but
on normal Java projects you will have to go and add the Validation builder of
your
project . It is available in the properties of your project under
- <property moreinfo="none">Validation</property>.
The validations can be run manually by clicking
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none">Validation</property>. The validations can be run
manually by clicking
<property moreinfo="none">Validate</property> via
the context menu on your project which will
execute all the active WTP validations.</para>
</section>
- <section id="ComponentsEditor">
- <title>Structured components.xml Editor</title>
-
- <para>When editing <property
moreinfo="none">components.xml</property> a structured tree editor is
available
- in addition to pure source editing. It has a graphical view (Tree tab) and
source
- (Source tab).</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>component.xml Editor</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_4.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <note>
- <title>Note:</title>
-
- <para>You can view and edit <property
moreinfo="none">components.xml</property> and other xml files
- directly in the Project Explorer and Properties sheet without opening
the
- components.xml editor.</para>
- </note>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>component.xml Editor</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_5.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- </section>
-
+</section>
</chapter>
@@ -1917,22 +2228,22 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>Notice, that in the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Expression
language</property>
- </emphasis> section there is now a preference for setting severity
of EL
- Syntax. You can select whether the Seam validator displays an error, a
warning or just ignore the EL Syntax error.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Notice,
that in the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Expression
language</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
section there is now a preference for setting severity of EL
+ Syntax. You can select whether the Seam validator displays an error, a
warning or just ignore the EL Syntax error.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Severity Preference for EL Syntax</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
fileref="images/seam_preferences/el_syntax_error.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Severity Preference for EL
Syntax</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/seam_preferences/el_syntax_error.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>In the upper right corner of the page there is a <property
moreinfo="none">Configure Project
- Specific Settings</property> link. Clicking on it you get the
form where you can choose a
+ <para diffmk:change="added">In the upper right corner of the
page there is a <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">Configure Project
+ Specific Settings</diffmk:wrapper></property> link.
Clicking on it you get the form where you can choose a
project for specific setting. Project specific configuration allows you
to have
different validator settings for each project. Check the <property
moreinfo="none">Show only
projects with project specific settings</property> if you want
to see the
@@ -1999,10 +2310,10 @@
Folders</link>.</para>
</tip>
- <para>Also notice, you are not required to use the <property
moreinfo="none">New Seam Project
- wizard</property> to benefit from Seam artifact wizards. You can
just enable Seam on
- your existing project by checking <property
moreinfo="none">Seam Support</property> and targeting to
- Seam Runtime, and then configure the folders as you want.</para>
+ <para>Also notice, you are not required to use the <property
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">New
Seam Project
+ wizard</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> to benefit from Seam artifact wizards. You can just
enable Seam on
+ your existing project by checking </diffmk:wrapper><property
moreinfo="none">Seam Support</property><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed"> and targeting to
+ Seam Runtime, and then configure the folders as you
want.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Properties for Seam Project</title>
Modified: trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC
(rev 14170)
+++ trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC
(rev 14171)
@@ -37,12 +37,12 @@
<pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss,
a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
Version: 3.0.0.GA
- </releaseinfo>
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<title></title>
Modified: trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_tutorial/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_tutorial/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC
(rev 14170)
+++ trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_tutorial/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC
(rev 14171)
@@ -34,12 +34,12 @@
<pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss,
a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
Version: 3.0.0.GA
- </releaseinfo>
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<title></title>
Modified: trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -16,12 +16,12 @@
<pubdate>July 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2008</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss, a
division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
- Version: 3.0.0.GA
- </releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
+ Version: 1.0.0.GA
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<title></title>
<para>
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@
</section>
- <section id="bottomupws">
+ <section id="bottomupws" role="updated">
<title>Creating a Web service from a Java bean using JBossWS
runtime</title>
<para>The Web Service wizard assists you in creating a new Web service,
configuring it for
deployment, and then deploying it to the server.</para>
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@
<listitem>
<para>Select your server: the default server is displayed. If you
want to deploy
your service to a different server click the link to specify a
different server.
- </para>
+ </para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Select your runtime: ensure the JBoss WS runtime is
selected.</para>
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@
</chapter>
-<chapter id="client"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/modules/client.xml">
+<chapter id="client" revisionflag="added"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/modules/client.xml">
<title>Creating a Web Service Client from a WSDL Document using JBoss
WS</title>
<para>To create a Web Service Client from a WSDL Document using JBoss
WS:</para>
<para>Setup <link linkend="preference">JBoss WS and development
environment</link>.</para>
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@
</chapter>
-<chapter id="preference" >
+<chapter id="preference" revisionflag="added"
xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/modules/preference.xml">
<title>JBoss WS and development environment</title>
<section id="jbosswspreference">
<title>JBossWS Preferences</title>
@@ -505,8 +505,8 @@
development process.</para>
<para>JBossWS preferences can be set on the JBossWS preference page. Click
on
- <emphasis> <property moreinfo="none">Window >
Preferences > JBoss Tools > Web > JBossWS
- Preferences</property></emphasis>.</para>
+ <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window
> Preferences > JBoss Tools > Web > JBossWS
+ Preferences</property>.</emphasis></para>
<para>On this page you can manage the JBossWS Runtime. Use the appropriate
buttons to
<property moreinfo="none">Add</property> more
runtimes or to <property moreinfo="none">Remove</property> those
that
@@ -538,8 +538,40 @@
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
+
+
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">WS container allows Source and JavaDoc locations to be
set via the Properties dialog on each contained .jar: right-click on any .jar file in the
Project Explorer view, select </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Properties</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">. Choose </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Java
Source
Attachment</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> and select location (folder, JAR or zip) containing
new source for the chosen .jar using one of the suggested options (workspace, external
folder or file) or enter the path manually:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Classpath Container: Java Source
Attachment</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/jbossws_container1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Click on </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Apply</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> and then on </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Ok</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">To change Javadoc Location choose
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Javadoc
Location</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> and specify URL to the documentation generated by
Javadoc. The Javadoc location will contain a file called
</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property
diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">package-list</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Classpath Container: Javadoc
Location</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added"
fileref="images/jbossws_container2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Click on </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Apply</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added"> and then on </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis
diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added"
moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">Ok</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper
diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+
+
+
+
+
</section>
- <section id="serverruntime">
+ <section id="serverruntime">
<title>Default Server and Runtime</title>
<para>Open <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences
> Web Services > Server and Runtime</property>
@@ -556,12 +588,13 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para >On the whole, this guide covers the fundamental concepts of work
with tooling for
- <property moreinfo="none">JBossWS</property>. It
describes how to easily create a Web Service and a Web Service Client using
+ <para>On the whole, this guide covers the fundamental concepts of work with
tooling for
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBossWS</property>. It
describes how to easily create a Web Service and a Web Service Client using
JBossWS Runtime and adjust JBossWS and development environment as
well.</para>
- <para >If the information on JBossWS tools in this guide isn't enough
for you, ask
- questions on our <ulink
url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&...;.
Your comments and suggestions are also welcome.</para>
+ <para>If the information on JBossWS tools in this guide isn't enough
for you, ask
+ questions on our <ulink
url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&...;.
Your comments and suggestions are also welcome.</para>
</section>
- </chapter>
+</chapter>
+
</book>